1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 27 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 30 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 31 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 32 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 33 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 34 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 35 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 36 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 42 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 43 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 44 #include <algorithm> 45 #include <cstring> 46 #include <functional> 47 using namespace clang; 48 using namespace sema; 49 50 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 51 if (OwnedType) { 52 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 53 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 54 } 55 56 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 57 } 58 59 namespace { 60 61 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 62 public: 63 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false) 64 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass) { 65 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 66 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 67 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 68 } 69 70 virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) { 71 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) 72 return (isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) && 73 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 74 else 75 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 76 } 77 78 private: 79 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 80 bool WantClassName; 81 }; 82 83 } 84 85 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 86 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 87 switch (Kind) { 88 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 89 // token kind is a valid type specifier 90 case tok::kw_short: 91 case tok::kw_long: 92 case tok::kw___int64: 93 case tok::kw___int128: 94 case tok::kw_signed: 95 case tok::kw_unsigned: 96 case tok::kw_void: 97 case tok::kw_char: 98 case tok::kw_int: 99 case tok::kw_half: 100 case tok::kw_float: 101 case tok::kw_double: 102 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 103 case tok::kw_bool: 104 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 105 return true; 106 107 case tok::annot_typename: 108 case tok::kw_char16_t: 109 case tok::kw_char32_t: 110 case tok::kw_typeof: 111 case tok::kw_decltype: 112 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 113 114 default: 115 break; 116 } 117 118 return false; 119 } 120 121 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 122 /// return the declaration of that type. 123 /// 124 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 125 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 126 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 127 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 128 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 129 /// 130 /// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain 131 /// and then return NULL. 132 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 133 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 134 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 135 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 136 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 137 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 138 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 139 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 140 DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0; 141 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 142 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 143 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 144 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 145 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 146 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 147 148 if (!LookupCtx) { 149 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 150 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 151 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 152 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 153 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 154 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 155 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 156 // 157 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 158 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 159 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 160 return ParsedType(); 161 162 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 163 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 164 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 165 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 166 167 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 168 QualType T = 169 CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 170 II, NameLoc); 171 172 return ParsedType::make(T); 173 } 174 175 return ParsedType(); 176 } 177 178 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 179 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 180 return ParsedType(); 181 } 182 183 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 184 // lookup for class-names. 185 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 186 LookupOrdinaryName; 187 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 188 if (LookupCtx) { 189 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 190 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 191 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 192 // nested-name-specifier. 193 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 194 195 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 196 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 197 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 198 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 199 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 200 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 201 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 202 LookupName(Result, S); 203 } 204 } else { 205 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 206 LookupName(Result, S); 207 } 208 209 NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0; 210 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 211 case LookupResult::NotFound: 212 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 213 if (CorrectedII) { 214 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true, isClassName); 215 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 216 Kind, S, SS, Validator); 217 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 218 TemplateTy Template; 219 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 220 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 221 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 222 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 223 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 224 if (SS && NNS) { 225 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 226 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 227 } 228 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 229 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 230 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 231 // is handled elsewhere). 232 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 233 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(), 234 false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 235 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 236 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 237 IsCtorOrDtorName, 238 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 239 if (Ty) { 240 std::string CorrectedStr(Correction.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 241 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr( 242 Correction.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 243 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 244 << Result.getLookupName() << CorrectedQuotedStr << isClassName 245 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc), 246 CorrectedStr); 247 if (NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Correction.getCorrectionDecl()) 248 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 249 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 250 251 if (SS && NNS) 252 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 253 *CorrectedII = NewII; 254 return Ty; 255 } 256 } 257 } 258 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 259 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 260 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 261 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 262 return ParsedType(); 263 264 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 265 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 266 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 267 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 268 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 269 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 270 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 271 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 272 return ParsedType(); 273 } 274 275 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 276 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 277 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 278 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 279 if (!IIDecl || 280 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 281 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 282 IIDecl = *Res; 283 } 284 } 285 286 if (!IIDecl) { 287 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 288 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 289 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 290 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 291 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 292 // a type name. 293 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 294 return ParsedType(); 295 } 296 297 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 298 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 299 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 300 // perform the name lookup again. 301 break; 302 303 case LookupResult::Found: 304 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 305 break; 306 } 307 308 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 309 310 QualType T; 311 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 312 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 313 314 if (T.isNull()) 315 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 316 317 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 318 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 319 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 320 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 321 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 322 // Construct a type with type-source information. 323 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 324 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 325 326 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 327 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 328 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 329 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 330 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 331 } else { 332 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 333 } 334 } 335 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 336 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 337 if (!HasTrailingDot) 338 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 339 } 340 341 if (T.isNull()) { 342 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 343 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 344 return ParsedType(); 345 } 346 return ParsedType::make(T); 347 } 348 349 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 350 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 351 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 352 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 353 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 354 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 355 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 356 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 357 LookupName(R, S, false); 358 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 359 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 360 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 361 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 362 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 363 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 364 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 365 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 366 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 367 } 368 } 369 370 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 371 } 372 373 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 374 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 375 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 376 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 377 /// @code 378 /// template<class T> class A { 379 /// public: 380 /// typedef int TYPE; 381 /// }; 382 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 383 /// public: 384 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 385 /// }; 386 /// @endcode 387 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 388 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 389 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 390 391 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 392 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(), 393 BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base) 394 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType())) 395 return true; 396 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 397 } 398 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 399 } 400 401 bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 402 SourceLocation IILoc, 403 Scope *S, 404 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 405 ParsedType &SuggestedType) { 406 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 407 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 408 409 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 410 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 411 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false); 412 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), 413 LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 414 Validator)) { 415 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 416 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 417 418 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 419 // We corrected to a keyword. 420 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 421 if (!isSimpleTypeSpecifier(NewII->getTokenID())) 422 CorrectedQuotedStr = "the keyword " + CorrectedQuotedStr; 423 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 424 << II << CorrectedQuotedStr 425 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr); 426 II = NewII; 427 } else { 428 NamedDecl *Result = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 429 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 430 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) 431 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 432 << II << CorrectedQuotedStr 433 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr); 434 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 435 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 436 << II << DC << CorrectedQuotedStr << SS->getRange() 437 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Corrected.getCorrectionRange(), 438 CorrectedStr); 439 else 440 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 441 442 Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 443 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 444 445 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS, 446 false, false, ParsedType(), 447 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 448 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 449 } 450 return true; 451 } 452 453 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 454 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 455 UnqualifiedId Name; 456 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 457 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 458 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 459 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 460 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 461 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 462 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 463 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>(); 464 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 465 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 466 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 467 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 468 } 469 return true; 470 } 471 } 472 473 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 474 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 475 476 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 477 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 478 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 479 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 480 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 481 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 482 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 483 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 484 DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing; 485 486 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 487 << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 488 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 489 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 490 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 491 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 492 } else { 493 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 494 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 495 } 496 497 return true; 498 } 499 500 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 501 /// or 502 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 503 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 504 NextToken.is(tok::less); 505 506 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 507 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 508 return true; 509 510 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 511 return true; 512 } 513 514 return false; 515 } 516 517 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 518 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 519 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 520 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 521 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 522 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 523 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 524 const char *TagName = 0; 525 const char *FixItTagName = 0; 526 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 527 case TTK_Class: 528 TagName = "class"; 529 FixItTagName = "class "; 530 break; 531 532 case TTK_Enum: 533 TagName = "enum"; 534 FixItTagName = "enum "; 535 break; 536 537 case TTK_Struct: 538 TagName = "struct"; 539 FixItTagName = "struct "; 540 break; 541 542 case TTK_Interface: 543 TagName = "__interface"; 544 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 545 break; 546 547 case TTK_Union: 548 TagName = "union"; 549 FixItTagName = "union "; 550 break; 551 } 552 553 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 554 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 555 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 556 557 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 558 I != IEnd; ++I) 559 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 560 << Name << TagName; 561 562 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 563 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 564 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 565 return true; 566 } 567 568 return false; 569 } 570 571 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 572 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 573 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 574 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 575 576 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 577 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 578 579 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 580 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 581 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 582 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 583 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 584 } 585 586 Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, 587 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 588 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 589 SourceLocation NameLoc, 590 const Token &NextToken, 591 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 592 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) { 593 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 594 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 595 596 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 597 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 598 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false); 599 600 } 601 602 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 603 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 604 605 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 606 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 607 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 608 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 609 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 610 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 611 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 612 return E; 613 } 614 615 bool SecondTry = false; 616 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 617 618 Corrected: 619 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 620 case LookupResult::NotFound: 621 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 622 // call. 623 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 624 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 625 // FIXME: Reference? 626 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 627 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 628 629 // C90 6.3.2.2: 630 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 631 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 632 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 633 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 634 // the function call, the declaration 635 // 636 // extern int identifier (); 637 // 638 // appeared. 639 // 640 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 641 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 642 Result.addDecl(D); 643 Result.resolveKind(); 644 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 645 } 646 } 647 648 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 649 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 650 // "struct", or "union". 651 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 652 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 653 break; 654 } 655 656 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 657 // close to this name. 658 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 659 SecondTry = true; 660 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 661 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 662 &SS, *CCC)) { 663 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 664 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 665 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 666 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 667 668 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 669 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 670 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0; 671 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 672 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 673 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 674 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 675 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 676 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 677 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 678 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 679 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 680 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 681 } 682 683 if (SS.isEmpty()) 684 Diag(NameLoc, UnqualifiedDiag) 685 << Name << CorrectedQuotedStr 686 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr); 687 else // FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 688 Diag(NameLoc, QualifiedDiag) 689 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << CorrectedQuotedStr 690 << SS.getRange() 691 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Corrected.getCorrectionRange(), 692 CorrectedStr); 693 694 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 695 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 696 697 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 698 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 699 return Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 700 701 // Also update the LookupResult... 702 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 703 Result.clear(); 704 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 705 if (FirstDecl) { 706 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 707 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 708 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 709 } 710 711 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 712 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 713 // reference the ivar. 714 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 715 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 716 Result.clear(); 717 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 718 return E; 719 } 720 721 goto Corrected; 722 } 723 } 724 725 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 726 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 727 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 728 729 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 730 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 731 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 732 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 733 734 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 735 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 736 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 737 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 738 // qualified by the keyword typename. 739 // 740 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 741 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 742 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 743 // keyword here. 744 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 745 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 746 /*TemplateArgs=*/0); 747 } 748 749 case LookupResult::Found: 750 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 751 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 752 break; 753 754 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 755 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 756 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 757 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 758 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 759 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 760 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 761 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 762 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 763 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 764 // ambiguous. 765 // 766 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 767 // so try again after filtering out template names. 768 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 769 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 770 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 771 break; 772 } 773 } 774 775 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 776 return NameClassification::Error(); 777 } 778 779 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 780 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 781 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 782 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 783 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 784 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 785 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 786 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 787 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 788 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 789 790 if (!Result.empty()) { 791 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 792 TemplateName Template; 793 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 794 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 795 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 796 Result.end()); 797 } else { 798 TemplateDecl *TD 799 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 800 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 801 802 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 803 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 804 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 805 TD); 806 else 807 Template = TemplateName(TD); 808 } 809 810 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 811 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 812 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 813 // to based on which function we selected. 814 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 815 816 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 817 } 818 819 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 820 } 821 } 822 823 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 824 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 825 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 826 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 827 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 828 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 829 return ParsedType::make(T); 830 } 831 832 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 833 if (!Class) { 834 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 835 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias 836 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 837 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 838 } 839 840 if (Class) { 841 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 842 843 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 844 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 845 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 846 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 847 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 848 } 849 850 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 851 return ParsedType::make(T); 852 } 853 854 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 855 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 856 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 857 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 858 859 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 860 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 861 if (!getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 862 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star); 863 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 864 (NextIsOp && FirstDecl->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 865 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 866 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 867 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 868 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 869 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 870 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 871 return ParsedType::make(T); 872 } 873 } 874 875 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 876 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 0); 877 878 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 879 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 880 } 881 882 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 883 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 884 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 885 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 886 887 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 888 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 889 // the context we'll need to return to. 890 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) { 891 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 892 893 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 894 // lexical context. 895 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 896 return DC; 897 898 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 899 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 900 // class is the context we need to return to. 901 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 902 DC = RD; 903 904 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 905 // declared in. 906 return DC; 907 } 908 909 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 910 } 911 912 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 913 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 914 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 915 CurContext = DC; 916 S->setEntity(DC); 917 } 918 919 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 920 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 921 922 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 923 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 924 } 925 926 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 927 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 928 /// 929 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 930 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 931 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 932 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 933 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 934 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 935 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 936 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 937 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 938 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 939 // namespace. 940 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 941 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 942 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 943 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 944 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 945 946 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 947 948 #ifndef NDEBUG 949 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 950 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 951 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 952 #endif 953 954 CurContext = DC; 955 S->setEntity(DC); 956 } 957 958 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 959 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 960 961 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 962 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 963 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 964 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 965 CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity(); 966 967 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 968 // disappear. 969 } 970 971 972 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 973 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 974 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TFD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) { 975 // We assume that the caller has already called 976 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope 977 FD = TFD->getTemplatedDecl(); 978 } 979 if (!FD) 980 return; 981 982 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 983 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 984 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 985 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 986 CurContext = FD; 987 S->setEntity(CurContext); 988 989 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 990 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 991 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 992 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 993 S->AddDecl(Param); 994 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 995 } 996 } 997 } 998 999 1000 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1001 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1002 // rather than the top-level class. 1003 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1004 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1005 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1006 } 1007 1008 1009 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1010 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1011 /// 1012 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1013 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1014 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1015 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1016 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1017 /// attribute. 1018 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1019 ASTContext &Context) { 1020 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1021 return true; 1022 1023 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1024 return true; 1025 1026 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1027 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1028 } 1029 1030 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1031 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1032 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1033 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1034 // scope. 1035 while (S->getEntity() && 1036 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) 1037 S = S->getParent(); 1038 1039 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1040 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1041 // into any context. 1042 if (AddToContext) 1043 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1044 1045 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++. 1046 // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C. 1047 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) && 1048 D->isOutOfLine() && 1049 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1050 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 1051 return; 1052 1053 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1054 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1055 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1056 return; 1057 1058 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1059 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1060 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1061 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1062 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1063 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1064 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1065 1066 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1067 break; 1068 } 1069 } 1070 1071 S->AddDecl(D); 1072 1073 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1074 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1075 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1076 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1077 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1078 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1079 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1080 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1081 continue; 1082 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1083 break; 1084 } 1085 1086 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1087 } else { 1088 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1089 } 1090 } 1091 1092 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1093 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1094 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1095 } 1096 1097 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1098 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 1099 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, Context, S, 1100 ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 1101 } 1102 1103 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1104 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1105 do { 1106 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity()) 1107 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1108 return S; 1109 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1110 1111 return 0; 1112 } 1113 1114 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1115 DeclContext*, 1116 ASTContext&); 1117 1118 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1119 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1120 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, 1121 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1122 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1123 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 1124 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1125 while (F.hasNext()) { 1126 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1127 1128 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization)) 1129 continue; 1130 1131 if (ConsiderLinkage && 1132 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1133 continue; 1134 1135 F.erase(); 1136 } 1137 1138 F.done(); 1139 } 1140 1141 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1142 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1143 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1144 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1145 } 1146 1147 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1148 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1149 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1150 while (F.hasNext()) 1151 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1152 F.erase(); 1153 1154 F.done(); 1155 } 1156 1157 /// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1158 /// @code 1159 /// class S { 1160 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1161 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1162 /// }; 1163 /// @endcode 1164 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1165 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1166 // the decl here. 1167 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1168 return false; 1169 1170 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1171 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1172 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1173 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1174 return false; 1175 } 1176 1177 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1178 assert(D); 1179 1180 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1181 return false; 1182 1183 // Ignore class templates. 1184 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1185 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1186 return false; 1187 1188 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1189 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1190 return false; 1191 1192 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1193 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1194 return false; 1195 } else { 1196 // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn. 1197 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1198 FD->isInlineSpecified()) 1199 return false; 1200 } 1201 1202 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1203 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1204 return false; 1205 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1206 // Don't warn on variables of const-qualified or reference type, since their 1207 // values can be used even if though they're not odr-used, and because const 1208 // qualified variables can appear in headers in contexts where they're not 1209 // intended to be used. 1210 // FIXME: Use more principled rules for these exemptions. 1211 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() || 1212 VD->getType().isConstQualified() || 1213 VD->getType()->isReferenceType() || 1214 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1215 return false; 1216 1217 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1218 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1219 return false; 1220 1221 } else { 1222 return false; 1223 } 1224 1225 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1226 if (D->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) 1227 return false; 1228 1229 return true; 1230 } 1231 1232 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1233 if (!D) 1234 return; 1235 1236 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1237 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1238 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1239 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1240 } 1241 1242 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1243 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1244 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1245 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1246 } 1247 1248 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1249 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1250 } 1251 1252 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1253 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1254 return false; 1255 1256 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1257 return false; 1258 1259 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1260 return true; 1261 1262 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1263 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) || 1264 !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1265 return false; 1266 1267 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1268 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1269 1270 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1271 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1272 1273 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1274 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1275 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1276 return false; 1277 } 1278 1279 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1280 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1281 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1282 return false; 1283 1284 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1285 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1286 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1287 return false; 1288 1289 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1290 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) 1291 return false; 1292 1293 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1294 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1295 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1296 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1297 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1298 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1299 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1300 if (!CD->isTrivial()) 1301 return false; 1302 } 1303 } 1304 } 1305 } 1306 1307 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1308 } 1309 1310 return true; 1311 } 1312 1313 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1314 FixItHint &Hint) { 1315 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1316 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1317 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1318 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1319 return; 1320 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1321 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1322 } 1323 return; 1324 } 1325 1326 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1327 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1328 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1329 FixItHint Hint; 1330 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1331 return; 1332 1333 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1334 1335 unsigned DiagID; 1336 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1337 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1338 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1339 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1340 else 1341 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1342 1343 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1344 } 1345 1346 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1347 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1348 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1349 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. 1350 if (L->getStmt() == 0) 1351 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1352 } 1353 1354 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1355 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1356 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1357 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1358 1359 for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end(); 1360 I != E; ++I) { 1361 Decl *TmpD = (*I); 1362 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1363 1364 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1365 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1366 1367 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1368 1369 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1370 if (!S->hasErrorOccurred()) 1371 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1372 1373 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1374 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1375 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1376 1377 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1378 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1379 } 1380 } 1381 1382 void Sema::ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator() { 1383 ++InFunctionDeclarator; 1384 } 1385 1386 void Sema::ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator() { 1387 assert(InFunctionDeclarator); 1388 --InFunctionDeclarator; 1389 } 1390 1391 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1392 /// 1393 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1394 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1395 /// to the fixed name. 1396 /// 1397 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1398 /// 1399 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1400 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1401 /// 1402 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1403 /// class could not be found. 1404 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1405 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1406 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1407 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1408 // creation from this context. 1409 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1410 1411 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1412 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1413 // find an Objective-C class name. 1414 DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator; 1415 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), 1416 LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, NULL, 1417 Validator)) { 1418 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1419 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) 1420 << Id << IDecl->getDeclName() 1421 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString()); 1422 Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 1423 << IDecl->getDeclName(); 1424 1425 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1426 } 1427 } 1428 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1429 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1430 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1431 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1432 return Def; 1433 } 1434 1435 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1436 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1437 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1438 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1439 /// ill-formed in C++: 1440 /// @code 1441 /// struct S6 { 1442 /// enum { BAR } e; 1443 /// }; 1444 /// 1445 /// void test_S6() { 1446 /// struct S6 a; 1447 /// a.e = BAR; 1448 /// } 1449 /// @endcode 1450 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1451 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1452 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1453 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1454 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1455 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1456 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1457 /// contain non-field names. 1458 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1459 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1460 (S->getEntity() && 1461 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) || 1462 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1463 S = S->getParent(); 1464 return S; 1465 } 1466 1467 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1468 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1469 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1470 /// built-in. 1471 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, 1472 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1473 SourceLocation Loc) { 1474 Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; 1475 1476 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1477 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error); 1478 switch (Error) { 1479 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1480 // Okay 1481 break; 1482 1483 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1484 if (ForRedeclaration) 1485 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio) 1486 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1487 return 0; 1488 1489 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1490 if (ForRedeclaration) 1491 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp) 1492 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1493 return 0; 1494 1495 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1496 if (ForRedeclaration) 1497 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_ucontext) 1498 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1499 return 0; 1500 } 1501 1502 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { 1503 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1504 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) 1505 << R; 1506 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && 1507 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc) 1508 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 1509 Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) 1510 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) 1511 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1512 } 1513 1514 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1515 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 1516 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0, 1517 SC_Extern, 1518 SC_None, false, 1519 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 1520 New->setImplicit(); 1521 1522 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1523 // FunctionDecl. 1524 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1525 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1526 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) { 1527 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1528 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 1529 SourceLocation(), 0, 1530 FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, 1531 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 1532 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1533 Params.push_back(parm); 1534 } 1535 New->setParams(Params); 1536 } 1537 1538 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1539 1540 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1541 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1542 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1543 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1544 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1545 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1546 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1547 CurContext = SavedContext; 1548 return New; 1549 } 1550 1551 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1552 QualType OldType; 1553 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1554 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1555 else 1556 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1557 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1558 1559 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1560 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1561 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1562 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1563 << Kind << NewType; 1564 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1565 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1566 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1567 return true; 1568 } 1569 1570 if (OldType != NewType && 1571 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1572 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1573 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1574 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1575 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1576 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1577 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1578 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1579 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1580 return true; 1581 } 1582 return false; 1583 } 1584 1585 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1586 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1587 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1588 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1589 /// 1590 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1591 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1592 // merging checks. 1593 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1594 1595 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1596 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1597 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1598 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1599 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1600 default: break; 1601 case 2: 1602 { 1603 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1604 break; 1605 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1606 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1607 break; 1608 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1609 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1610 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1611 break; 1612 } 1613 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1614 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1615 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1616 return; 1617 } 1618 case 5: 1619 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1620 break; 1621 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1622 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1623 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1624 return; 1625 case 3: 1626 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1627 break; 1628 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1629 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1630 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1631 return; 1632 } 1633 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1634 } 1635 1636 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1637 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1638 if (!Old) { 1639 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1640 << New->getDeclName(); 1641 1642 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1643 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1644 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1645 1646 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1647 } 1648 1649 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1650 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1651 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1652 1653 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1654 // with any extensions enabled. 1655 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 1656 return; 1657 1658 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain if the old 1659 // declaration was a typedef. 1660 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1661 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Typedef); 1662 1663 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 1664 return; 1665 1666 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1667 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1668 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1669 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1670 // to the type to which it already refers. 1671 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1672 return; 1673 1674 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1675 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1676 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1677 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1678 // 1679 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1680 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1681 // 1682 // struct S { 1683 // typedef struct A { } A; 1684 // }; 1685 // 1686 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 1687 // allow the above but disallow 1688 // 1689 // struct S { 1690 // typedef int I; 1691 // typedef int I; 1692 // }; 1693 // 1694 // since that was the intent of DR56. 1695 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1696 return; 1697 1698 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1699 << New->getDeclName(); 1700 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1701 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1702 } 1703 1704 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 1705 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 1706 return; 1707 1708 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 1709 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 1710 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 1711 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 1712 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 1713 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 1714 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 1715 return; 1716 1717 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef) 1718 << New->getDeclName(); 1719 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1720 return; 1721 } 1722 1723 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 1724 /// attribute. 1725 static bool 1726 DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1727 // There can be multiple AvailabilityAttr in a Decl. Make sure we copy 1728 // all of them. It is mergeAvailabilityAttr in SemaDeclAttr.cpp that is 1729 // responsible for making sure they are consistent. 1730 const AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(A); 1731 if (AA) 1732 return false; 1733 1734 // The following thread safety attributes can also be duplicated. 1735 switch (A->getKind()) { 1736 case attr::ExclusiveLocksRequired: 1737 case attr::SharedLocksRequired: 1738 case attr::LocksExcluded: 1739 case attr::ExclusiveLockFunction: 1740 case attr::SharedLockFunction: 1741 case attr::UnlockFunction: 1742 case attr::ExclusiveTrylockFunction: 1743 case attr::SharedTrylockFunction: 1744 case attr::GuardedBy: 1745 case attr::PtGuardedBy: 1746 case attr::AcquiredBefore: 1747 case attr::AcquiredAfter: 1748 return false; 1749 default: 1750 ; 1751 } 1752 1753 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1754 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 1755 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i) 1756 if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1757 if (Ann) { 1758 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(*i)->getAnnotation()) 1759 return true; 1760 continue; 1761 } 1762 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1763 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i)) 1764 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind(); 1765 return true; 1766 } 1767 1768 return false; 1769 } 1770 1771 bool Sema::mergeDeclAttribute(Decl *D, InheritableAttr *Attr) { 1772 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = NULL; 1773 if (AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 1774 NewAttr = mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 1775 AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(), 1776 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 1777 AA->getMessage()); 1778 else if (VisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 1779 NewAttr = mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility()); 1780 else if (DLLImportAttr *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 1781 NewAttr = mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange()); 1782 else if (DLLExportAttr *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 1783 NewAttr = mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange()); 1784 else if (FormatAttr *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 1785 NewAttr = mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 1786 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg()); 1787 else if (SectionAttr *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 1788 NewAttr = mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName()); 1789 else if (!DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 1790 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(Context)); 1791 1792 if (NewAttr) { 1793 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 1794 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 1795 return true; 1796 } 1797 1798 return false; 1799 } 1800 1801 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 1802 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 1803 return TD->getDefinition(); 1804 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 1805 return VD->getDefinition(); 1806 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1807 const FunctionDecl* Def; 1808 if (FD->hasBody(Def)) 1809 return Def; 1810 } 1811 return NULL; 1812 } 1813 1814 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 1815 for (Decl::attr_iterator I = D->attr_begin(), E = D->attr_end(); 1816 I != E; ++I) { 1817 Attr *Attribute = *I; 1818 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 1819 return true; 1820 } 1821 return false; 1822 } 1823 1824 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 1825 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 1826 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 1827 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 1828 return; 1829 1830 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 1831 if (!Def || Def == New) 1832 return; 1833 1834 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 1835 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 1836 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 1837 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 1838 ++I; 1839 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 1840 } 1841 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 1842 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 1843 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1844 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 1845 --E; 1846 } 1847 } 1848 1849 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 1850 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(Decl *New, Decl *Old, 1851 bool MergeDeprecation) { 1852 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 1853 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 1854 1855 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 1856 return; 1857 1858 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 1859 1860 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 1861 // we process them. 1862 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1863 1864 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr> 1865 i = Old->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(), 1866 e = Old->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>(); 1867 i != e; ++i) { 1868 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 1869 if (!MergeDeprecation && 1870 (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(*i) || 1871 isa<UnavailableAttr>(*i) || 1872 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(*i))) 1873 continue; 1874 1875 if (mergeDeclAttribute(New, *i)) 1876 foundAny = true; 1877 } 1878 1879 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 1880 } 1881 1882 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 1883 /// to the new one. 1884 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 1885 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 1886 ASTContext &C) { 1887 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 1888 return; 1889 1890 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 1891 1892 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 1893 // done before we process them. 1894 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1895 1896 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr> 1897 i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(), 1898 e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { 1899 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) { 1900 InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(C)); 1901 newAttr->setInherited(true); 1902 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 1903 foundAny = true; 1904 } 1905 } 1906 1907 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 1908 } 1909 1910 namespace { 1911 1912 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 1913 /// C. 1914 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 1915 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 1916 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 1917 QualType PromotedType; 1918 }; 1919 1920 } 1921 1922 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 1923 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 1924 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 1925 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 1926 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 1927 1928 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 1929 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 1930 1931 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 1932 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 1933 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 1934 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 1935 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 1936 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 1937 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 1938 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 1939 } 1940 1941 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 1942 } 1943 1944 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 1945 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 1946 /// GNU89 mode. 1947 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 1948 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 1949 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 1950 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 1951 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 1952 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 1953 } 1954 1955 /// Is the given calling convention the ABI default for the given 1956 /// declaration? 1957 static bool isABIDefaultCC(Sema &S, CallingConv CC, FunctionDecl *D) { 1958 CallingConv ABIDefaultCC; 1959 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D) && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isInstance()) { 1960 ABIDefaultCC = S.Context.getDefaultCXXMethodCallConv(D->isVariadic()); 1961 } else { 1962 // Free C function or a static method. 1963 ABIDefaultCC = (S.Context.getLangOpts().MRTD ? CC_X86StdCall : CC_C); 1964 } 1965 return ABIDefaultCC == CC; 1966 } 1967 1968 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 1969 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 1970 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 1971 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1972 /// 1973 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 1974 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 1975 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 1976 /// merged with. 1977 /// 1978 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 1979 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD, Scope *S) { 1980 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 1981 FunctionDecl *Old = 0; 1982 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate 1983 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) 1984 Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); 1985 else 1986 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD); 1987 if (!Old) { 1988 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 1989 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 1990 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 1991 diag::note_using_decl_target); 1992 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 1993 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 1994 return true; 1995 } 1996 1997 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1998 << New->getDeclName(); 1999 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2000 return true; 2001 } 2002 2003 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, 2004 // implicit declaration, or a declaration. 2005 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2006 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2007 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2008 else if (Old->isImplicit()) 2009 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2010 else 2011 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2012 2013 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2014 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2015 2016 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2017 // is an extern inline function. 2018 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2019 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2020 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 2021 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2022 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2023 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New; 2024 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2025 } else { 2026 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2027 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2028 return true; 2029 } 2030 } 2031 2032 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is 2033 // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the 2034 // calling convention of the first. 2035 // 2036 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2037 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2038 // 2039 // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the 2040 // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling 2041 // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in 2042 // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away 2043 // because it is the default calling convention. 2044 // 2045 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2046 // other tests to run. 2047 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2048 const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2049 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2050 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2051 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2052 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2053 // Fast path: nothing to do. 2054 2055 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2056 // there but not here. 2057 } else if (NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) { 2058 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2059 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2060 2061 // Don't complain about mismatches when the default CC is 2062 // effectively the same as the explict one. 2063 } else if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default && 2064 isABIDefaultCC(*this, NewTypeInfo.getCC(), New)) { 2065 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2066 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2067 2068 } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(), 2069 NewTypeInfo.getCC())) { 2070 // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain. 2071 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2072 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2073 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) 2074 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" : 2075 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC())); 2076 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2077 return true; 2078 } 2079 2080 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2081 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2082 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2083 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2084 } 2085 2086 // Merge regparm attribute. 2087 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2088 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2089 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2090 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2091 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2092 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2093 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2094 return true; 2095 } 2096 2097 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2098 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2099 } 2100 2101 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2102 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2103 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2104 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2105 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2106 return true; 2107 } 2108 2109 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2110 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2111 } 2112 2113 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2114 NewType = Context.adjustFunctionType(NewType, NewTypeInfo); 2115 New->setType(QualType(NewType, 0)); 2116 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2117 } 2118 2119 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2120 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2121 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2122 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2123 // cannot be overloaded. 2124 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType(); 2125 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType(); 2126 QualType ResQT; 2127 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2128 if (NewReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() 2129 && OldReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2130 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2131 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2132 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2133 Diag(New->getLocation(), 2134 diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New; 2135 else 2136 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type); 2137 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2138 return true; 2139 } 2140 else 2141 NewQType = ResQT; 2142 } 2143 2144 const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2145 CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2146 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2147 // Preserve triviality. 2148 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2149 2150 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 2151 // 2 CXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 2152 // We don't want a redeclartion error. 2153 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 2154 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 2155 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 2156 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 2157 2158 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2159 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 2160 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 2161 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 2162 // is a static member function declaration. 2163 if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) { 2164 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 2165 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2166 return true; 2167 } 2168 2169 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2170 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 2171 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 2172 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 2173 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 2174 unsigned NewDiag; 2175 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 2176 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 2177 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 2178 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 2179 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 2180 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 2181 else 2182 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 2183 2184 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 2185 } else { 2186 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 2187 << New << New->getType(); 2188 } 2189 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2190 2191 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 2192 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 2193 // 2194 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 2195 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 2196 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 2197 if (isFriend) { 2198 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 2199 } else { 2200 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2201 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 2202 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2203 return true; 2204 } 2205 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 2206 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2207 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 2208 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2209 return true; 2210 } 2211 } 2212 2213 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 2214 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 2215 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 2216 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 2217 2218 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 2219 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 2220 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2221 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 2222 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 2223 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 2224 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 2225 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 2226 } 2227 2228 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 2229 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2230 2231 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 2232 } 2233 2234 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 2235 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 2236 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2237 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 2238 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2239 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2240 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0; 2241 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 2242 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 2243 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 2244 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 2245 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 2246 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 2247 OldProto->arg_type_end()); 2248 NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(), 2249 ParamTypes.data(), ParamTypes.size(), 2250 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 2251 New->setType(NewQType); 2252 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 2253 2254 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 2255 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 2256 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator 2257 ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 2258 ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end(); 2259 ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) { 2260 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, 2261 SourceLocation(), 2262 SourceLocation(), 0, 2263 *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0, 2264 SC_None, SC_None, 2265 0); 2266 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 2267 Param->setImplicit(); 2268 Params.push_back(Param); 2269 } 2270 2271 New->setParams(Params); 2272 } 2273 2274 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2275 } 2276 2277 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 2278 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 2279 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 2280 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 2281 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 2282 // the prototype. 2283 // 2284 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 2285 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 2286 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 2287 // C99 6.9.1p8. 2288 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2289 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 2290 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 2291 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 2292 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 2293 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 2294 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 2295 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2296 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 2297 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2298 2299 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 2300 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(), 2301 NewProto->getResultType()); 2302 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 2303 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 2304 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 2305 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 2306 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 2307 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2308 NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) { 2309 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2310 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2311 NewParm->getType(), 2312 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 2313 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn 2314 = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) }; 2315 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 2316 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2317 } else 2318 LooseCompatible = false; 2319 } 2320 2321 if (LooseCompatible) { 2322 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 2323 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 2324 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 2325 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 2326 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 2327 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 2328 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 2329 diag::note_previous_declaration); 2330 } 2331 2332 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, &ArgTypes[0], 2333 ArgTypes.size(), 2334 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 2335 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2336 } 2337 2338 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 2339 } 2340 2341 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined 2342 // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic 2343 if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID()) { 2344 // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible 2345 // signature. 2346 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 2347 // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined 2348 // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the 2349 // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this 2350 // library built-in. 2351 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 2352 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 2353 << Old << Old->getType(); 2354 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 2355 Old->setInvalidDecl(); 2356 return false; 2357 } 2358 2359 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 2360 } 2361 2362 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 2363 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2364 return true; 2365 } 2366 2367 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 2368 /// known to be compatible. 2369 /// 2370 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 2371 /// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to 2372 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 2373 /// redeclaration of Old. 2374 /// 2375 /// \returns false 2376 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 2377 Scope *S) { 2378 // Merge the attributes 2379 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2380 2381 // Merge the storage class. 2382 if (Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && 2383 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_None) 2384 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 2385 2386 // Merge "pure" flag. 2387 if (Old->isPure()) 2388 New->setPure(); 2389 2390 // Merge "used" flag. 2391 if (Old->isUsed(false)) 2392 New->setUsed(); 2393 2394 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 2395 // declarations. 2396 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 2397 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) 2398 mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i), 2399 Context); 2400 2401 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 2402 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 2403 2404 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 2405 // and argument types. 2406 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 2407 if (!Merged.isNull()) 2408 New->setType(Merged); 2409 2410 return false; 2411 } 2412 2413 2414 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 2415 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 2416 2417 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 2418 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, /* mergeDeprecation */true); 2419 2420 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 2421 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 2422 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 2423 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 2424 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 2425 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 2426 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, Context); 2427 2428 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod, true); 2429 } 2430 2431 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 2432 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 2433 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2434 /// 2435 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 2436 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 2437 /// is attached. 2438 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old) { 2439 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2440 return; 2441 2442 QualType MergedT; 2443 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2444 AutoType *AT = New->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2445 if (AT && !AT->isDeduced()) { 2446 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 2447 return; 2448 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 2449 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 2450 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 2451 } 2452 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 2453 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 2454 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 2455 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 2456 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 2457 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 2458 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 2459 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 2460 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 2461 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 2462 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 2463 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 2464 MergedT = New->getType(); 2465 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 2466 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 2467 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 2468 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 2469 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 2470 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 2471 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 2472 MergedT = Old->getType(); 2473 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() 2474 && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 2475 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 2476 Old->getType()); 2477 } 2478 } else { 2479 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 2480 } 2481 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 2482 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 2483 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 2484 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2485 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2486 } 2487 New->setType(MergedT); 2488 } 2489 2490 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 2491 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 2492 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2493 /// 2494 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 2495 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 2496 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 2497 /// 2498 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 2499 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 2500 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2501 return; 2502 2503 // Verify the old decl was also a variable. 2504 VarDecl *Old = 0; 2505 if (!Previous.isSingleResult() || 2506 !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) { 2507 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2508 << New->getDeclName(); 2509 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 2510 diag::note_previous_definition); 2511 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2512 } 2513 2514 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2515 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 2516 // 2517 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 2518 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 2519 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 2520 << New->getIdentifier(); 2521 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2522 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2523 } 2524 2525 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2526 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 2527 // declaration 2528 if (New->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 2529 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 2530 !Old->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 2531 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 2532 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2533 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 2534 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 2535 } 2536 2537 // Merge the types. 2538 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old); 2539 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2540 return; 2541 2542 // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static. 2543 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2544 (Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None || Old->hasExternalStorage())) { 2545 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2546 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2547 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2548 } 2549 // C99 6.2.2p4: 2550 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 2551 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 2552 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 2553 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 2554 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 2555 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 2556 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 2557 // identifier has external linkage. 2558 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 2559 /* Okay */; 2560 else if (New->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 2561 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 2562 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2563 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2564 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2565 } 2566 2567 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 2568 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2569 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2570 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2571 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2572 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2573 } 2574 if (Old->hasExternalStorage() && 2575 !New->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2576 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2577 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2578 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2579 } 2580 2581 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 2582 2583 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 2584 // need to check for mismatches. 2585 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 2586 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 2587 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2588 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 2589 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 2590 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2591 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2592 } 2593 2594 if (New->isThreadSpecified() && !Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 2595 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2596 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2597 } else if (!New->isThreadSpecified() && Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 2598 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2599 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2600 } 2601 2602 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 2603 const VarDecl *Def; 2604 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2605 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 2606 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 2607 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2608 << New->getDeclName(); 2609 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2610 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2611 return; 2612 } 2613 // c99 6.2.2 P4. 2614 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier extern in a 2615 // scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is visible, if 2616 // the prior declaration specifies internal or external linkage, the linkage 2617 // of the identifier at the later declaration is the same as the linkage 2618 // specified at the prior declaration. 2619 // FIXME. revisit this code. 2620 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2621 Old->getLinkage() == InternalLinkage && 2622 New->getDeclContext() == Old->getDeclContext()) 2623 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 2624 2625 // Merge "used" flag. 2626 if (Old->isUsed(false)) 2627 New->setUsed(); 2628 2629 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 2630 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old); 2631 2632 // Inherit access appropriately. 2633 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 2634 } 2635 2636 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 2637 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 2638 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 2639 DeclSpec &DS) { 2640 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 2641 } 2642 2643 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 2644 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accopts template 2645 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 2646 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 2647 DeclSpec &DS, 2648 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams) { 2649 Decl *TagD = 0; 2650 TagDecl *Tag = 0; 2651 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 2652 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 2653 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 2654 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 2655 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 2656 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 2657 2658 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 2659 return 0; 2660 2661 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 2662 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 2663 // it's a Type. 2664 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 2665 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 2666 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 2667 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 2668 } 2669 2670 if (Tag) { 2671 getASTContext().addUnnamedTag(Tag); 2672 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 2673 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 2674 return Tag; 2675 } 2676 2677 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2678 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 2679 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 2680 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 2681 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 2682 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 2683 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2684 } 2685 2686 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 2687 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 2688 // and definitions of functions and variables. 2689 if (Tag) 2690 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 2691 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 2692 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 2693 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 2694 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4); 2695 else 2696 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 2697 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 2698 return TagD; 2699 } 2700 2701 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 2702 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 2703 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 2704 if (TagD && !Tag) 2705 return 0; 2706 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 2707 } 2708 2709 // Track whether we warned about the fact that there aren't any 2710 // declarators. 2711 bool emittedWarning = false; 2712 2713 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 2714 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 2715 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 2716 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 2717 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 2718 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record); 2719 2720 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2721 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2722 emittedWarning = true; 2723 } 2724 } 2725 2726 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct. 2727 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2728 CurContext->isRecord() && 2729 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 2730 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct: 2731 // struct STRUCT; 2732 // and 2733 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 2734 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag); 2735 if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isCompleteDefinition()) || 2736 (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename && 2737 DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) { 2738 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct) 2739 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2740 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 2741 } 2742 } 2743 2744 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2745 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2746 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 2747 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 2748 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) { 2749 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2750 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2751 emittedWarning = true; 2752 } 2753 2754 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 2755 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error) return TagD; 2756 2757 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 2758 // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an 2759 // extension in both Microsoft and GNU. 2760 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 2761 Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) { 2762 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 2763 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2764 return Tag; 2765 } 2766 2767 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2768 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2769 emittedWarning = true; 2770 } 2771 2772 // We're going to complain about a bunch of spurious specifiers; 2773 // only do this if we're declaring a tag, because otherwise we 2774 // should be getting diag::ext_no_declarators. 2775 if (emittedWarning || (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 2776 return TagD; 2777 2778 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 2779 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 2780 // useless. 2781 if (DeclSpec::SCS scs = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) 2782 if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 2783 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) 2784 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(scs); 2785 2786 if (DS.isThreadSpecified()) 2787 Diag(DS.getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "__thread"; 2788 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2789 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 2790 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "const"; 2791 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 2792 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "volatile"; 2793 // Restrict is covered above. 2794 } 2795 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 2796 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "inline"; 2797 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 2798 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "virtual"; 2799 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 2800 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) <<"explicit"; 2801 2802 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 2803 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 2804 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 2805 << Tag->getTagKind() 2806 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 2807 2808 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 2809 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 2810 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 2811 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 2812 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 2813 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 2814 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 2815 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 2816 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 2817 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 2818 AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); 2819 while (attrs) { 2820 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 2821 << attrs->getName() 2822 << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 2823 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 2824 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 2825 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4); 2826 attrs = attrs->getNext(); 2827 } 2828 } 2829 } 2830 2831 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 2832 2833 return TagD; 2834 } 2835 2836 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 2837 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 2838 /// 2839 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 2840 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 2841 Scope *S, 2842 DeclContext *Owner, 2843 DeclarationName Name, 2844 SourceLocation NameLoc, 2845 unsigned diagnostic) { 2846 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 2847 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 2848 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 2849 2850 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 2851 return false; 2852 2853 // Pick a representative declaration. 2854 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 2855 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 2856 2857 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 2858 return false; 2859 2860 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 2861 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2862 2863 return true; 2864 } 2865 2866 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 2867 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 2868 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 2869 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 2870 /// struct, e.g., 2871 /// 2872 /// @code 2873 /// union { 2874 /// int i; 2875 /// float f; 2876 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 2877 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 2878 /// @endcode 2879 /// 2880 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 2881 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 2882 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 2883 DeclContext *Owner, 2884 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 2885 AccessSpecifier AS, 2886 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> &Chaining, 2887 bool MSAnonStruct) { 2888 unsigned diagKind 2889 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 2890 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 2891 2892 bool Invalid = false; 2893 2894 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 2895 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(), 2896 DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end(); 2897 D != DEnd; ++D) { 2898 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) && 2899 cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) { 2900 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D); 2901 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 2902 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 2903 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2904 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 2905 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 2906 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 2907 Invalid = true; 2908 } else { 2909 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2910 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 2911 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 2912 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 2913 // anonymous union is declared. 2914 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 2915 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 2916 for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(), 2917 PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) 2918 Chaining.push_back(*PI); 2919 else 2920 Chaining.push_back(VD); 2921 2922 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 2923 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 2924 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 2925 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 2926 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 2927 2928 IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField = 2929 IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), 2930 VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(), 2931 NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 2932 2933 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 2934 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 2935 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 2936 2937 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 2938 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 2939 2940 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 2941 } 2942 } 2943 } 2944 2945 return Invalid; 2946 } 2947 2948 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 2949 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 2950 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 2951 static StorageClass 2952 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 2953 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 2954 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 2955 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 2956 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 2957 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 2958 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 2959 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 2960 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 2961 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 2962 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 2963 } 2964 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 2965 } 2966 2967 /// StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 2968 /// a StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 2969 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 2970 static StorageClass 2971 StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 2972 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 2973 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 2974 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 2975 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 2976 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 2977 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 2978 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: // Fall through. 2979 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 2980 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: // Fall through. 2981 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 2982 } 2983 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 2984 } 2985 2986 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 2987 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 2988 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 2989 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 2990 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 2991 AccessSpecifier AS, 2992 RecordDecl *Record) { 2993 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 2994 2995 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 2996 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 2997 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 2998 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 2999 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 3000 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 3001 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 3002 3003 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 3004 // structs/unions. 3005 bool Invalid = false; 3006 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3007 const char* PrevSpec = 0; 3008 unsigned DiagID; 3009 if (Record->isUnion()) { 3010 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3011 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 3012 // global namespace shall be declared static. 3013 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 3014 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 3015 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 3016 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 3017 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 3018 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 3019 3020 // Recover by adding 'static'. 3021 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 3022 PrevSpec, DiagID); 3023 } 3024 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3025 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 3026 // anonymous union in a class scope. 3027 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 3028 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3029 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3030 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 3031 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3032 3033 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 3034 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 3035 SourceLocation(), 3036 PrevSpec, DiagID); 3037 } 3038 } 3039 3040 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 3041 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3042 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3043 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3044 << Record->isUnion() << 0 3045 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 3046 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3047 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 3048 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3049 << Record->isUnion() << 1 3050 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 3051 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3052 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3053 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3054 << Record->isUnion() << 2 3055 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 3056 3057 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 3058 } 3059 3060 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3061 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 3062 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 3063 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 3064 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(), 3065 MemEnd = Record->decls_end(); 3066 Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) { 3067 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) { 3068 // C++ [class.union]p3: 3069 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 3070 // members (clause 11). 3071 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 3072 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 3073 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 3074 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 3075 Invalid = true; 3076 } 3077 3078 // C++ [class.union]p1 3079 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 3080 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 3081 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 3082 // array of such objects. 3083 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 3084 Invalid = true; 3085 } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) { 3086 // Any implicit members are fine. 3087 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) { 3088 // This is a type that showed up in an 3089 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 3090 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 3091 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 3092 } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) { 3093 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 3094 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 3095 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3096 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 3097 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3098 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3099 else { 3100 // This is a nested type declaration. 3101 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3102 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3103 Invalid = true; 3104 } 3105 } 3106 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) { 3107 // Any access specifier is fine. 3108 } else { 3109 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 3110 // member. Complain about it. 3111 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 3112 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem)) 3113 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 3114 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem)) 3115 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 3116 else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem)) 3117 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 3118 3119 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3120 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 3121 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3122 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3123 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3124 else { 3125 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK) 3126 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3127 Invalid = true; 3128 } 3129 } 3130 } 3131 } 3132 3133 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 3134 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 3135 << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 3136 Invalid = true; 3137 } 3138 3139 // Mock up a declarator. 3140 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 3141 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3142 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 3143 3144 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 3145 NamedDecl *Anon = 0; 3146 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3147 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 3148 DS.getLocStart(), 3149 Record->getLocation(), 3150 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3151 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3152 TInfo, 3153 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 3154 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3155 Anon->setAccess(AS); 3156 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3157 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 3158 } else { 3159 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3160 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3161 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3162 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3163 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 3164 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 3165 // an error here 3166 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3167 Invalid = true; 3168 SC = SC_None; 3169 } 3170 SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 3171 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 3172 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3173 3174 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 3175 DS.getLocStart(), 3176 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3177 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3178 TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 3179 3180 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 3181 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 3182 // initializer: 3183 // union { int n = 0; }; 3184 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 3185 } 3186 Anon->setImplicit(); 3187 3188 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 3189 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 3190 // its members. 3191 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 3192 3193 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 3194 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 3195 // purposes. 3196 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 3197 Chain.push_back(Anon); 3198 3199 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 3200 Chain, false)) 3201 Invalid = true; 3202 3203 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not 3204 // do this until after we have already checked and injected the 3205 // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise 3206 // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it 3207 // builds its lookup table, and once by 3208 // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers. 3209 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 3210 3211 if (Invalid) 3212 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 3213 3214 return Anon; 3215 } 3216 3217 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 3218 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 3219 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 3220 /// Example: 3221 /// 3222 /// struct A { int a; }; 3223 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 3224 /// 3225 /// void foo() { 3226 /// B var; 3227 /// var.a = 3; 3228 /// } 3229 /// 3230 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3231 RecordDecl *Record) { 3232 3233 // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef. 3234 if (!Record) 3235 Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl(); 3236 3237 // Mock up a declarator. 3238 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 3239 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3240 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 3241 3242 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 3243 NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 3244 cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext), 3245 DS.getLocStart(), 3246 DS.getLocStart(), 3247 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3248 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3249 TInfo, 3250 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 3251 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3252 Anon->setImplicit(); 3253 3254 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 3255 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 3256 3257 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 3258 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 3259 // purposes. 3260 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 3261 Chain.push_back(Anon); 3262 3263 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 3264 if (!RecordDef || InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, 3265 RecordDef, AS_none, 3266 Chain, true)) 3267 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 3268 3269 return Anon; 3270 } 3271 3272 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 3273 /// given Declarator. 3274 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 3275 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 3276 } 3277 3278 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 3279 DeclarationNameInfo 3280 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 3281 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 3282 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3283 3284 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3285 3286 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 3287 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 3288 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 3289 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3290 return NameInfo; 3291 3292 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 3293 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 3294 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 3295 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3296 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 3297 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 3298 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 3299 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 3300 return NameInfo; 3301 3302 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 3303 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 3304 Name.Identifier)); 3305 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3306 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 3307 return NameInfo; 3308 3309 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 3310 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3311 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 3312 if (Ty.isNull()) 3313 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3314 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 3315 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3316 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3317 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3318 return NameInfo; 3319 } 3320 3321 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 3322 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3323 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 3324 if (Ty.isNull()) 3325 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3326 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 3327 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3328 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3329 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3330 return NameInfo; 3331 } 3332 3333 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 3334 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 3335 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 3336 // to find the actual type being constructed. 3337 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 3338 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 3339 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3340 3341 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 3342 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 3343 3344 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 3345 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 3346 // was qualified. 3347 3348 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 3349 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 3350 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3351 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 3352 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0); 3353 return NameInfo; 3354 } 3355 3356 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 3357 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3358 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 3359 if (Ty.isNull()) 3360 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3361 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 3362 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3363 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3364 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3365 return NameInfo; 3366 } 3367 3368 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 3369 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 3370 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 3371 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 3372 } 3373 3374 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 3375 3376 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 3377 } 3378 3379 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 3380 do { 3381 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 3382 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 3383 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 3384 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 3385 else 3386 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 3387 } while (true); 3388 } 3389 3390 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 3391 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 3392 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 3393 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 3394 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 3395 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 3396 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 3397 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 3398 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 3399 FunctionDecl *Definition, 3400 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 3401 Params.clear(); 3402 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 3403 return false; 3404 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 3405 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 3406 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 3407 3408 // The parameter types are identical 3409 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 3410 continue; 3411 3412 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 3413 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 3414 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 3415 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 3416 3417 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 3418 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 3419 Params.push_back(Idx); 3420 else // The two parameters aren't even close 3421 return false; 3422 } 3423 3424 return true; 3425 } 3426 3427 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 3428 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 3429 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 3430 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 3431 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 3432 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 3433 DeclarationName Name) { 3434 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 3435 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 3436 // - types which will become injected class names 3437 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 3438 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 3439 // few cases here. 3440 3441 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 3442 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 3443 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 3444 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 3445 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 3446 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 3447 // Grab the type from the parser. 3448 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0; 3449 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 3450 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 3451 3452 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 3453 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 3454 // attached already. 3455 if (!TSI) 3456 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 3457 3458 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 3459 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 3460 if (!TSI) return true; 3461 3462 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 3463 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 3464 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 3465 break; 3466 } 3467 3468 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 3469 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 3470 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 3471 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 3472 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 3473 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 3474 break; 3475 } 3476 3477 default: 3478 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 3479 break; 3480 } 3481 3482 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 3483 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 3484 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 3485 3486 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 3487 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 3488 // pointer. 3489 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 3490 continue; 3491 3492 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 3493 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 3494 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 3495 return true; 3496 } 3497 3498 return false; 3499 } 3500 3501 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 3502 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 3503 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 3504 3505 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 3506 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 3507 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 3508 3509 return Dcl; 3510 } 3511 3512 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 3513 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 3514 /// name different from T: 3515 /// - every static data member of class T; 3516 /// - every member function of class T 3517 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 3518 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 3519 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 3520 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 3521 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3522 3523 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 3524 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 3525 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 3526 return true; 3527 } 3528 3529 return false; 3530 } 3531 3532 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 3533 /// nested-name-specifier. 3534 /// 3535 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 3536 /// 3537 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 3538 /// resolves. 3539 /// 3540 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 3541 /// 3542 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 3543 /// 3544 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 3545 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 3546 DeclarationName Name, 3547 SourceLocation Loc) { 3548 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 3549 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur)) 3550 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 3551 3552 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 3553 // A declarator-id shall not be qualified except for the definition 3554 // of a member function (9.3) or static data member (9.4) outside of 3555 // its class, the definition or explicit instantiation of a function 3556 // or variable member of a namespace outside of its namespace, or the 3557 // definition of an explicit specialization outside of its namespace, 3558 // or the declaration of a friend function that is a member of 3559 // another class or namespace (11.3). [...] 3560 3561 // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 3562 // class or namespaces in which the entity is already declared. 3563 // 3564 // class X { 3565 // void X::f(); 3566 // }; 3567 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 3568 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 3569 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 3570 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 3571 SS.clear(); 3572 return false; 3573 } 3574 3575 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 3576 // declaration. 3577 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 3578 if (Cur->isRecord()) 3579 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 3580 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3581 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 3582 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 3583 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3584 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 3585 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 3586 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3587 else 3588 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 3589 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 3590 3591 return true; 3592 } 3593 3594 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 3595 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 3596 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 3597 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3598 SS.clear(); 3599 3600 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 3601 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 3602 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 3603 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 3604 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 3605 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 3606 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 3607 return true; 3608 3609 return false; 3610 } 3611 3612 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 3613 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 3614 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 3615 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 3616 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 3617 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 3618 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 3619 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 3620 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 3621 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 3622 3623 return false; 3624 } 3625 3626 Decl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 3627 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 3628 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 3629 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 3630 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3631 3632 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 3633 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 3634 if (!Name) { 3635 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 3636 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 3637 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 3638 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 3639 return 0; 3640 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 3641 return 0; 3642 3643 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 3644 // we find one that is. 3645 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 3646 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 3647 S = S->getParent(); 3648 3649 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 3650 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 3651 D.setInvalidType(); 3652 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3653 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 3654 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 3655 return 0; 3656 3657 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 3658 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 3659 if (!DC) { 3660 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 3661 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 3662 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 3663 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 3664 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3665 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 3666 << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 3667 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3668 return 0; 3669 } 3670 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 3671 3672 if (!IsDependentContext && 3673 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 3674 return 0; 3675 3676 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 3677 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3678 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 3679 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3680 D.setInvalidType(); 3681 } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 3682 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 3683 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 3684 if (DC->isRecord()) 3685 return 0; 3686 3687 D.setInvalidType(); 3688 } 3689 } 3690 3691 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 3692 // declaration in the current instantiation. 3693 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 3694 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 3695 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 3696 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 3697 D.setInvalidType(); 3698 } 3699 } 3700 3701 if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 3702 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 3703 // Just return early; it's safer. 3704 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3705 return 0; 3706 3707 NamedDecl *New; 3708 3709 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 3710 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 3711 3712 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 3713 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 3714 D.setInvalidType(); 3715 3716 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 3717 ForRedeclaration); 3718 3719 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 3720 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3721 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 3722 3723 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 3724 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 3725 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 3726 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3727 /* Do nothing*/; 3728 else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 3729 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3730 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 3731 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3732 } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern) 3733 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3734 else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 3735 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 3736 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3737 3738 if (IsLinkageLookup) 3739 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 3740 3741 LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup); 3742 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 3743 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 3744 3745 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 3746 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 3747 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 3748 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 3749 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 3750 // thereof; [...] 3751 // 3752 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 3753 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 3754 // we want to match. For example, given: 3755 // 3756 // class X { 3757 // void f(); 3758 // void f(float); 3759 // }; 3760 // 3761 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 3762 // 3763 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 3764 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 3765 // matches. 3766 3767 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 3768 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 3769 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 3770 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 3771 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 3772 } 3773 3774 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 3775 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 3776 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 3777 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 3778 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3779 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3780 3781 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 3782 Previous.clear(); 3783 } 3784 3785 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 3786 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 3787 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 3788 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 3789 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 3790 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3791 Previous.clear(); 3792 3793 bool AddToScope = true; 3794 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3795 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 3796 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 3797 return 0; 3798 } 3799 3800 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 3801 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 3802 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 3803 TemplateParamLists, 3804 AddToScope); 3805 } else { 3806 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 3807 TemplateParamLists); 3808 } 3809 3810 if (New == 0) 3811 return 0; 3812 3813 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 3814 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 3815 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 3816 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) 3817 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 3818 3819 return New; 3820 } 3821 3822 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 3823 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 3824 /// GCC compatibility). 3825 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 3826 ASTContext &Context, 3827 bool &SizeIsNegative, 3828 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 3829 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 3830 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 3831 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 3832 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 3833 SizeIsNegative = false; 3834 Oversized = 0; 3835 3836 if (T->isDependentType()) 3837 return QualType(); 3838 3839 QualifierCollector Qs; 3840 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 3841 3842 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 3843 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 3844 QualType FixedType = 3845 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3846 Oversized); 3847 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 3848 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 3849 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 3850 } 3851 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 3852 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 3853 QualType FixedType = 3854 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3855 Oversized); 3856 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 3857 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 3858 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 3859 } 3860 3861 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 3862 if (!VLATy) 3863 return QualType(); 3864 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 3865 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 3866 return QualType(); 3867 3868 llvm::APSInt Res; 3869 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 3870 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 3871 return QualType(); 3872 3873 // Check whether the array size is negative. 3874 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 3875 SizeIsNegative = true; 3876 return QualType(); 3877 } 3878 3879 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 3880 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 3881 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 3882 Res); 3883 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 3884 Oversized = Res; 3885 return QualType(); 3886 } 3887 3888 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 3889 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 3890 } 3891 3892 static void 3893 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 3894 if (PointerTypeLoc* SrcPTL = dyn_cast<PointerTypeLoc>(&SrcTL)) { 3895 PointerTypeLoc* DstPTL = cast<PointerTypeLoc>(&DstTL); 3896 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL->getPointeeLoc(), 3897 DstPTL->getPointeeLoc()); 3898 DstPTL->setStarLoc(SrcPTL->getStarLoc()); 3899 return; 3900 } 3901 if (ParenTypeLoc* SrcPTL = dyn_cast<ParenTypeLoc>(&SrcTL)) { 3902 ParenTypeLoc* DstPTL = cast<ParenTypeLoc>(&DstTL); 3903 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL->getInnerLoc(), 3904 DstPTL->getInnerLoc()); 3905 DstPTL->setLParenLoc(SrcPTL->getLParenLoc()); 3906 DstPTL->setRParenLoc(SrcPTL->getRParenLoc()); 3907 return; 3908 } 3909 ArrayTypeLoc* SrcATL = cast<ArrayTypeLoc>(&SrcTL); 3910 ArrayTypeLoc* DstATL = cast<ArrayTypeLoc>(&DstTL); 3911 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL->getElementLoc(); 3912 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL->getElementLoc(); 3913 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 3914 DstATL->setLBracketLoc(SrcATL->getLBracketLoc()); 3915 DstATL->setSizeExpr(SrcATL->getSizeExpr()); 3916 DstATL->setRBracketLoc(SrcATL->getRBracketLoc()); 3917 } 3918 3919 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 3920 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 3921 /// GCC compatibility). 3922 static TypeSourceInfo* 3923 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3924 ASTContext &Context, 3925 bool &SizeIsNegative, 3926 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 3927 QualType FixedTy 3928 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 3929 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 3930 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 3931 return 0; 3932 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 3933 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 3934 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 3935 return FixedTInfo; 3936 } 3937 3938 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped external C declaration so 3939 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations 3940 void 3941 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 3942 const LookupResult &Previous, 3943 Scope *S) { 3944 assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3945 "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!"); 3946 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 3947 LocallyScopedExternalDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 3948 3949 if (!Previous.isSingleResult()) 3950 return; 3951 3952 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 3953 3954 // If there was a previous declaration of this variable, it may be 3955 // in our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new 3956 // declaration. 3957 if (S && IdResolver.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl, ND)) { 3958 // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver 3959 // chain, so remove it from its scope. 3960 3961 if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 3962 // Special case for redeclarations in the SAME scope. 3963 // Because this declaration is going to be added to the identifier chain 3964 // later, we should temporarily take it OFF the chain. 3965 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ND); 3966 3967 } else { 3968 // Find the scope for the original declaration. 3969 while (S && !S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) 3970 S = S->getParent(); 3971 } 3972 3973 if (S) 3974 S->RemoveDecl(PrevDecl); 3975 } 3976 } 3977 3978 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator 3979 Sema::findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 3980 if (ExternalSource) { 3981 // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source. 3982 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls; 3983 ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternalDecls(Decls); 3984 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) { 3985 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 3986 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName()); 3987 if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 3988 LocallyScopedExternalDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I]; 3989 } 3990 } 3991 3992 return LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(Name); 3993 } 3994 3995 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 3996 /// does not identify a function. 3997 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D) { 3998 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 3999 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 4000 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 4001 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 4002 diag::err_inline_non_function); 4003 4004 if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified()) 4005 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4006 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 4007 4008 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified()) 4009 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4010 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 4011 } 4012 4013 NamedDecl* 4014 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 4015 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 4016 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4017 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4018 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 4019 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4020 D.setInvalidType(); 4021 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 4022 DC = CurContext; 4023 Previous.clear(); 4024 } 4025 4026 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4027 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 4028 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4029 } 4030 4031 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 4032 4033 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 4034 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 4035 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 4036 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 4037 << 1; 4038 4039 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 4040 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 4041 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 4042 return 0; 4043 } 4044 4045 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 4046 if (!NewTD) return 0; 4047 4048 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 4049 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 4050 4051 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 4052 4053 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 4054 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 4055 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 4056 return ND; 4057 } 4058 4059 void 4060 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 4061 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 4062 // then it shall have block scope. 4063 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 4064 // that redeclarations will match. 4065 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 4066 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 4067 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 4068 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4069 4070 if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { 4071 bool SizeIsNegative; 4072 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 4073 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 4074 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 4075 SizeIsNegative, 4076 Oversized); 4077 if (FixedTInfo) { 4078 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 4079 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 4080 } else { 4081 if (SizeIsNegative) 4082 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 4083 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 4084 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 4085 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 4086 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 4087 << Oversized.toString(10); 4088 else 4089 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 4090 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 4091 } 4092 } 4093 } 4094 } 4095 4096 4097 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 4098 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 4099 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 4100 NamedDecl* 4101 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 4102 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 4103 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 4104 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 4105 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false, 4106 /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false); 4107 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4108 Redeclaration = true; 4109 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 4110 } 4111 4112 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 4113 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 4114 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 4115 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 4116 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 4117 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 4118 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 4119 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4120 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 4121 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4122 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 4123 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 4124 } 4125 4126 return NewTD; 4127 } 4128 4129 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 4130 /// previous declaration. 4131 /// 4132 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 4133 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 4134 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 4135 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 4136 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 4137 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 4138 /// 4139 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 4140 /// lookup 4141 /// 4142 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 4143 /// declared. 4144 /// 4145 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 4146 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 4147 static bool 4148 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 4149 ASTContext &Context) { 4150 if (!PrevDecl) 4151 return false; 4152 4153 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 4154 return false; 4155 4156 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4157 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 4158 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 4159 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 4160 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 4161 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 4162 // linkage of the previous declaration. 4163 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 4164 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4165 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 4166 return false; 4167 4168 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 4169 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 4170 // We found a member function: ignore it. 4171 return false; 4172 4173 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 4174 // previous declarations. 4175 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 4176 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 4177 4178 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 4179 // isn't the same function. 4180 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 4181 return false; 4182 } 4183 4184 return true; 4185 } 4186 4187 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 4188 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 4189 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 4190 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 4191 } 4192 4193 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 4194 QualType type = decl->getType(); 4195 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 4196 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 4197 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 4198 unsigned kind = -1U; 4199 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 4200 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 4201 kind = 0; // __block 4202 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 4203 kind = 1; // global 4204 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 4205 kind = 3; // ivar 4206 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 4207 kind = 2; // field 4208 } 4209 4210 if (kind != -1U) { 4211 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 4212 << kind; 4213 } 4214 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 4215 // Try to infer lifetime. 4216 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 4217 return false; 4218 4219 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 4220 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 4221 decl->setType(type); 4222 } 4223 4224 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 4225 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 4226 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 4227 var->isThreadSpecified()) { 4228 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 4229 << var->getType(); 4230 return true; 4231 } 4232 } 4233 4234 return false; 4235 } 4236 4237 NamedDecl* 4238 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 4239 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 4240 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4241 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4242 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 4243 4244 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 4245 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4246 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4247 4248 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 4249 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 4250 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 4251 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 4252 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4253 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4254 // an error here 4255 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4256 D.setInvalidType(); 4257 SC = SC_None; 4258 } 4259 SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 4260 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 4261 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 4262 4263 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 4264 if (!II) { 4265 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 4266 << Name; 4267 return 0; 4268 } 4269 4270 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 4271 4272 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) { 4273 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 4274 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 4275 if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) { 4276 4277 // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this 4278 // is a GNU extension. 4279 if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel()) 4280 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register); 4281 else 4282 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 4283 D.setInvalidType(); 4284 } 4285 } 4286 4287 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 4288 // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the 4289 // OpenCL __local address space. 4290 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) 4291 SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal; 4292 } 4293 4294 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4295 VarDecl *NewVD; 4296 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4297 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 4298 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 4299 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 4300 4301 if (D.isInvalidType()) 4302 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4303 } else { 4304 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 4305 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 4306 if (SC == SC_Static) { 4307 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4308 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 4309 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4310 } else if (SC == SC_None) 4311 SC = SC_Static; 4312 } 4313 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 4314 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 4315 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 4316 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4317 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 4318 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 4319 4320 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 4321 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 4322 if (RD->isUnion()) 4323 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4324 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x 4325 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 4326 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 4327 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 4328 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 4329 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4330 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 4331 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 4332 } 4333 } 4334 4335 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 4336 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 4337 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4338 bool Invalid = false; 4339 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 4340 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 4341 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4342 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4343 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4344 TemplateParamLists.data(), 4345 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4346 /*never a friend*/ false, 4347 isExplicitSpecialization, 4348 Invalid)) { 4349 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 4350 // There is no such thing as a variable template. 4351 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable) 4352 << II 4353 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4354 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 4355 return 0; 4356 } else { 4357 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 4358 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 4359 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4360 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 4361 << II 4362 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4363 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 4364 } 4365 } 4366 4367 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 4368 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 4369 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 4370 4371 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 4372 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 4373 if (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto && 4374 R->getContainedAutoType()) 4375 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 4376 4377 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) 4378 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4379 4380 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 4381 4382 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4383 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4384 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4385 TemplateParamLists.data()); 4386 } 4387 4388 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 4389 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 4390 } 4391 4392 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 4393 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 4394 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4395 4396 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) { 4397 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 4398 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global); 4399 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) 4400 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported); 4401 else 4402 NewVD->setThreadSpecified(true); 4403 } 4404 4405 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 4406 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 4407 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 4408 << 2 4409 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4410 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 4411 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 4412 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 4413 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 4414 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4415 else 4416 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 4417 } 4418 4419 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 4420 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 4421 4422 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 4423 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 4424 // storage [duration]." 4425 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != 0 && 4426 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) 4427 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 4428 } 4429 4430 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 4431 // retainable type. 4432 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 4433 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4434 4435 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 4436 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 4437 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 4438 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 4439 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 4440 if (S->getFnParent() != 0) { 4441 switch (SC) { 4442 case SC_None: 4443 case SC_Auto: 4444 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 4445 break; 4446 case SC_Register: 4447 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 4448 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 4449 break; 4450 case SC_Static: 4451 case SC_Extern: 4452 case SC_PrivateExtern: 4453 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 4454 break; 4455 } 4456 } 4457 4458 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 4459 Context, Label)); 4460 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 4461 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 4462 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 4463 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 4464 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 4465 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 4466 } 4467 } 4468 4469 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 4470 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) 4471 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 4472 4473 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 4474 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 4475 // declaration has linkage). 4476 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewVD->hasLinkage(), 4477 isExplicitSpecialization); 4478 4479 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4480 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 4481 } else { 4482 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 4483 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4484 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4485 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 4486 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4487 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 4488 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4489 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 4490 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4491 Previous.clear(); 4492 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4493 } 4494 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4495 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 4496 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 4497 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 4498 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4499 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4500 } 4501 4502 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 4503 4504 // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it. 4505 if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 4506 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 4507 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4508 } 4509 4510 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of 4511 // such variables. 4512 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() && 4513 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 4514 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S); 4515 4516 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 4517 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 4518 if (NewVD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 4519 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewVD); 4520 4521 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewVD); 4522 4523 return NewVD; 4524 } 4525 4526 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 4527 /// -Wshadow. 4528 /// 4529 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 4530 /// scope. 4531 /// 4532 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 4533 /// \param R the lookup of the name 4534 /// 4535 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 4536 // Return if warning is ignored. 4537 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) == 4538 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 4539 return; 4540 4541 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 4542 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 4543 return; 4544 4545 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 4546 4547 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 4548 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 4549 return; 4550 4551 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 4552 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4553 return; 4554 4555 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 4556 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4557 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 4558 if (MD->isStatic()) 4559 return; 4560 4561 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4562 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 4563 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 4564 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 4565 for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator 4566 I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end(); 4567 I != E; ++I) 4568 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 4569 ShadowedDecl = *I; 4570 break; 4571 } 4572 } 4573 4574 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 4575 4576 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 4577 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 4578 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 4579 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 4580 return; 4581 4582 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 4583 // static data members from base classes? 4584 4585 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 4586 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 4587 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 4588 } 4589 4590 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 4591 unsigned Kind; 4592 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 4593 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4594 Kind = 3; // field 4595 else 4596 Kind = 2; // static data member 4597 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 4598 Kind = 1; // global 4599 else 4600 Kind = 0; // local 4601 4602 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 4603 4604 // Emit warning and note. 4605 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 4606 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4607 } 4608 4609 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 4610 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 4611 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) == 4612 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 4613 return; 4614 4615 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 4616 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 4617 LookupName(R, S); 4618 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 4619 } 4620 4621 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 4622 /// declaration. 4623 /// 4624 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 4625 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 4626 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 4627 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 4628 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 4629 /// 4630 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 4631 /// 4632 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 4633 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, 4634 LookupResult &Previous) { 4635 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 4636 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 4637 return false; 4638 4639 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 4640 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 4641 4642 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 4643 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 4644 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 4645 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 4646 NewVD->setType(T); 4647 } 4648 4649 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 4650 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 4651 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 4652 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 4653 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 4654 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 4655 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4656 return false; 4657 } 4658 4659 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program 4660 // scope. 4661 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 4662 && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 4663 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 4664 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4665 return false; 4666 } 4667 4668 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 4669 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4670 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 4671 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 4672 else { 4673 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 4674 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 4675 } 4676 } 4677 4678 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 4679 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 4680 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 4681 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4682 4683 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 4684 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 4685 bool SizeIsNegative; 4686 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 4687 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 4688 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 4689 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 4690 if (FixedTInfo == 0 && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 4691 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 4692 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 4693 // int a[10][n]; 4694 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 4695 4696 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 4697 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 4698 << SizeRange; 4699 else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 4700 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 4701 << SizeRange; 4702 else 4703 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 4704 << SizeRange; 4705 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4706 return false; 4707 } 4708 4709 if (FixedTInfo == 0) { 4710 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 4711 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 4712 else 4713 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 4714 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4715 return false; 4716 } 4717 4718 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 4719 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 4720 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 4721 } 4722 4723 if (Previous.empty() && NewVD->isExternC()) { 4724 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 4725 // an extern "C" variable, look for a non-visible extern "C" 4726 // declaration with the same name. 4727 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4728 = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(NewVD->getDeclName()); 4729 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 4730 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 4731 } 4732 4733 if (T->isVoidType() && !NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 4734 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 4735 << T; 4736 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4737 return false; 4738 } 4739 4740 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4741 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 4742 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4743 return false; 4744 } 4745 4746 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4747 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 4748 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4749 return false; 4750 } 4751 4752 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 4753 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 4754 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 4755 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4756 return false; 4757 } 4758 4759 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4760 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 4761 return true; 4762 } 4763 return false; 4764 } 4765 4766 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 4767 struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 4768 Sema *S; 4769 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 4770 }; 4771 4772 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 4773 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 4774 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 4775 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 4776 CXXBasePath &Path, 4777 void *UserData) { 4778 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 4779 4780 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 4781 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 4782 4783 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 4784 4785 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 4786 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 4787 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 4788 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 4789 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 4790 4791 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 4792 } 4793 4794 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 4795 Path.Decls.first != Path.Decls.second; 4796 ++Path.Decls.first) { 4797 NamedDecl *D = *Path.Decls.first; 4798 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 4799 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 4800 return true; 4801 } 4802 } 4803 4804 return false; 4805 } 4806 4807 namespace { 4808 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 4809 } 4810 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 4811 /// overriden methods. 4812 /// 4813 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 4814 /// \param MD the overriding method. 4815 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 4816 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 4817 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 4818 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 4819 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 4820 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 4821 I != E; ++I) { 4822 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 4823 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 4824 // out the diag loop 3 times. 4825 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 4826 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 4827 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 4828 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 4829 } 4830 } 4831 4832 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 4833 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 4834 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 4835 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. 4836 CXXBasePaths Paths; 4837 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 4838 Data.Method = MD; 4839 Data.S = this; 4840 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 4841 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 4842 bool AddedAny = false; 4843 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 4844 for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(), 4845 E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { 4846 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) { 4847 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 4848 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 4849 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 4850 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 4851 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 4852 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 4853 AddedAny = true; 4854 } 4855 } 4856 } 4857 } 4858 4859 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 4860 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 4861 } 4862 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 4863 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 4864 } 4865 4866 return AddedAny; 4867 } 4868 4869 namespace { 4870 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 4871 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 4872 struct ActOnFDArgs { 4873 Scope *S; 4874 Declarator &D; 4875 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 4876 bool AddToScope; 4877 }; 4878 } 4879 4880 namespace { 4881 4882 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 4883 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 4884 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 4885 public: 4886 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 4887 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 4888 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 4889 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : 0) {} 4890 4891 virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) { 4892 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 4893 return false; 4894 4895 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 4896 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 4897 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 4898 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 4899 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 4900 4901 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 4902 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 4903 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 4904 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 4905 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 4906 return true; 4907 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 4908 return true; 4909 } 4910 } 4911 } 4912 4913 return false; 4914 } 4915 4916 private: 4917 ASTContext &Context; 4918 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 4919 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 4920 }; 4921 4922 } 4923 4924 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 4925 /// 4926 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 4927 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 4928 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 4929 /// the same name. 4930 /// 4931 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 4932 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 4933 static NamedDecl* DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 4934 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 4935 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs) { 4936 NamedDecl *Result = NULL; 4937 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 4938 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 4939 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 4940 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 4941 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 4942 llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl*, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 4943 TypoCorrection Correction; 4944 bool isFriendDecl = (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 4945 ExtraArgs.D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()); 4946 unsigned DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 4947 : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match; 4948 4949 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4950 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 4951 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 4952 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 4953 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 4954 DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(SemaRef.Context, NewFD, 4955 MD ? MD->getParent() : 0); 4956 if (!Prev.empty()) { 4957 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 4958 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 4959 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 4960 if (FD && 4961 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 4962 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 4963 // involve a parameter 4964 unsigned ParamNum = 4965 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 4966 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 4967 } 4968 } 4969 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 4970 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), 4971 Prev.getLookupKind(), 0, 0, 4972 Validator, NewDC))) { 4973 // Trap errors. 4974 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 4975 4976 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 4977 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 4978 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4979 Previous.clear(); 4980 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 4981 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 4982 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 4983 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 4984 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 4985 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 4986 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 4987 Previous.addDecl(FD); 4988 } 4989 } 4990 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 4991 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 4992 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaraction and hopefully 4993 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 4994 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 4995 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 4996 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 4997 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 4998 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 4999 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) { 5000 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 5001 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 5002 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5003 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 5004 Previous.clear(); 5005 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 5006 Result = NULL; 5007 } else { 5008 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Previous.begin(), 5009 FuncEnd = Previous.end(); 5010 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 5011 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func)) 5012 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, 0)); 5013 } 5014 } 5015 if (NearMatches.empty()) { 5016 // Ignore the correction if it didn't yield any close FunctionDecl matches 5017 Correction = TypoCorrection(); 5018 } else { 5019 DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 5020 : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_suggest; 5021 } 5022 } 5023 5024 if (Correction) { 5025 // FIXME: use Correction.getCorrectionRange() instead of computing the range 5026 // here. This requires passing in the CXXScopeSpec to CorrectTypo which in 5027 // turn causes the correction to fully qualify the name. If we fix 5028 // CorrectTypo to minimally qualify then this change should be good. 5029 SourceRange FixItLoc(NewFD->getLocation()); 5030 CXXScopeSpec &SS = ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5031 if (Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier() && SS.isValid()) 5032 FixItLoc.setBegin(SS.getBeginLoc()); 5033 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocStart(), DiagMsg) 5034 << Name << NewDC << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts()) 5035 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement( 5036 FixItLoc, Correction.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts())); 5037 } else { 5038 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 5039 << Name << NewDC << NewFD->getLocation(); 5040 } 5041 5042 bool NewFDisConst = false; 5043 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 5044 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 5045 5046 for (llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl*, unsigned>, 1>::iterator 5047 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 5048 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 5049 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 5050 bool FDisConst = false; 5051 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 5052 FDisConst = MD->isConst(); 5053 5054 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 5055 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 5056 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 5057 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 5058 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_def_close_param_match) 5059 << Idx << FDParam->getType() << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx-1)->getType(); 5060 } else if (Correction) { 5061 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 5062 << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts()); 5063 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 5064 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 5065 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 5066 } else 5067 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match); 5068 } 5069 return Result; 5070 } 5071 5072 static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, 5073 Declarator &D) { 5074 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 5075 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 5076 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 5077 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 5078 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 5079 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5080 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 5081 D.setInvalidType(); 5082 break; 5083 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 5084 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 5085 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 5086 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 5087 // C99 6.7.1p5: 5088 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 5089 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 5090 // other than extern 5091 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 5092 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5093 diag::err_static_block_func); 5094 break; 5095 } else 5096 return SC_Static; 5097 } 5098 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 5099 } 5100 5101 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 5102 return SC_None; 5103 } 5104 5105 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 5106 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 5107 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5108 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC, 5109 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 5110 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 5111 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5112 5113 FunctionDecl *NewFD = 0; 5114 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 5115 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 5116 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 5117 = StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 5118 5119 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5120 // Determine whether the function was written with a 5121 // prototype. This true when: 5122 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 5123 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 5124 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 5125 bool HasPrototype = 5126 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 5127 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 5128 5129 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 5130 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 5131 TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 5132 HasPrototype); 5133 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5134 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5135 5136 // Set the lexical context. 5137 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext); 5138 5139 return NewFD; 5140 } 5141 5142 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 5143 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 5144 5145 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 5146 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 5147 // the class has been completely parsed. 5148 if (!DC->isRecord() && 5149 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5150 R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 5151 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5152 SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 5153 D.setInvalidType(); 5154 5155 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 5156 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 5157 assert(DC->isRecord() && 5158 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 5159 5160 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 5161 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 5162 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 5163 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 5164 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 5165 isConstexpr); 5166 5167 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 5168 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 5169 if (DC->isRecord()) { 5170 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 5171 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 5172 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 5173 SemaRef.Context, Record, 5174 D.getLocStart(), 5175 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 5176 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 5177 5178 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 5179 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 5180 // it yet. 5181 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && !Record->isDependentType() && 5182 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 5183 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 5184 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 5185 } 5186 5187 IsVirtualOkay = true; 5188 return NewDD; 5189 5190 } else { 5191 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 5192 D.setInvalidType(); 5193 5194 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 5195 // code path. 5196 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 5197 D.getLocStart(), 5198 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 5199 SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 5200 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 5201 } 5202 5203 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 5204 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 5205 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5206 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 5207 return 0; 5208 } 5209 5210 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 5211 IsVirtualOkay = true; 5212 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 5213 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 5214 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 5215 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 5216 5217 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 5218 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 5219 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 5220 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 5221 // constructor if it has no return type). 5222 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 5223 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 5224 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 5225 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 5226 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5227 return 0; 5228 } 5229 5230 bool isStatic = SC == SC_Static; 5231 5232 // [class.free]p1: 5233 // Any allocation function for a class T is a static member 5234 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 5235 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New || 5236 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New) 5237 isStatic = true; 5238 5239 // [class.free]p6 Any deallocation function for a class X is a static member 5240 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 5241 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 5242 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) 5243 isStatic = true; 5244 5245 IsVirtualOkay = !isStatic; 5246 5247 // This is a C++ method declaration. 5248 return CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 5249 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 5250 TInfo, isStatic, SCAsWritten, isInline, 5251 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 5252 5253 } else { 5254 // Determine whether the function was written with a 5255 // prototype. This true when: 5256 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 5257 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 5258 D.getLocStart(), 5259 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 5260 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 5261 } 5262 } 5263 5264 void Sema::checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param) { 5265 // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a 5266 // typedef of void is not permitted. 5267 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5268 Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) { 5269 bool IsTypeAlias = false; 5270 if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>()) 5271 IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl()); 5272 else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = 5273 Param->getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) 5274 IsTypeAlias = TST->isTypeAlias(); 5275 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void) 5276 << IsTypeAlias; 5277 } 5278 } 5279 5280 NamedDecl* 5281 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 5282 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 5283 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 5284 bool &AddToScope) { 5285 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5286 5287 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 5288 5289 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 5290 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 5291 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5292 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 5293 5294 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 5295 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 5296 5297 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value. 5298 if (R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isObjCObjectType()) { 5299 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5300 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 5301 << R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType() 5302 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(D.getIdentifierLoc(), "*"); 5303 5304 QualType T = R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(); 5305 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5306 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 5307 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 5308 R = Context.getFunctionType(T, FPT->arg_type_begin(), 5309 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI); 5310 } 5311 else if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(R)) 5312 R = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(T); 5313 } 5314 5315 bool isFriend = false; 5316 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0; 5317 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 5318 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 5319 5320 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 5321 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 5322 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 5323 5324 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 5325 5326 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 5327 isVirtualOkay); 5328 if (!NewFD) return 0; 5329 5330 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 5331 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 5332 5333 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5334 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 5335 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 5336 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 5337 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 5338 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 5339 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 5340 // C++ [class.friend]p5 5341 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 5342 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 5343 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 5344 } 5345 5346 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 5347 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 5348 // return true). 5349 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 5350 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 5351 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 5352 NewFD->setPure(true); 5353 } 5354 5355 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 5356 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 5357 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 5358 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5359 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5360 5361 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ 5362 // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the 5363 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 5364 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5365 5366 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 5367 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 5368 bool Invalid = false; 5369 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 5370 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 5371 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 5372 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5373 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5374 TemplateParamLists.data(), 5375 TemplateParamLists.size(), 5376 isFriend, 5377 isExplicitSpecialization, 5378 Invalid)) { 5379 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 5380 // This is a function template 5381 5382 // Check that we can declare a template here. 5383 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 5384 return 0; 5385 5386 // A destructor cannot be a template. 5387 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 5388 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 5389 return 0; 5390 } 5391 5392 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 5393 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 5394 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 5395 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 5396 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 5397 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 5398 Invalid = true; 5399 } 5400 5401 5402 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 5403 NewFD->getLocation(), 5404 Name, TemplateParams, 5405 NewFD); 5406 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5407 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 5408 5409 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 5410 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 5411 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 5412 TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, 5413 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5414 } 5415 } else { 5416 // This is a function template specialization. 5417 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 5418 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 5419 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 5420 TemplateParamLists.size(), 5421 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5422 5423 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 5424 if (isFriend) { 5425 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 5426 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 5427 5428 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 5429 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 5430 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 5431 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 5432 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 5433 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 5434 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5435 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 5436 InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 5437 } 5438 5439 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 5440 << Name << RemoveRange 5441 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 5442 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 5443 } 5444 } 5445 } 5446 else { 5447 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 5448 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 5449 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 5450 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 5451 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 5452 TemplateParamLists.size(), 5453 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5454 } 5455 5456 if (Invalid) { 5457 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5458 if (FunctionTemplate) 5459 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5460 } 5461 5462 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 5463 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 5464 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 5465 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 5466 // 5467 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5468 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 5469 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5470 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 5471 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 5472 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 5473 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5474 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 5475 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 5476 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 5477 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 5478 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 5479 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5480 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 5481 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 5482 } else { 5483 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 5484 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 5485 } 5486 } 5487 5488 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 5489 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 5490 // declaration. 5491 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5492 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 5493 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 5494 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 5495 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 5496 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 5497 } 5498 } 5499 5500 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 5501 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 5502 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 5503 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 5504 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5505 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 5506 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 5507 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5508 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 5509 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 5510 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 5511 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 5512 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 5513 // or conversion function. 5514 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5515 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 5516 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 5517 } 5518 } 5519 5520 if (isConstexpr) { 5521 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 5522 // are implicitly inline. 5523 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 5524 5525 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 5526 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 5527 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 5528 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 5529 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 5530 } 5531 5532 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 5533 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 5534 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 5535 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 5536 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 5537 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5538 << 0 5539 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 5540 } else { 5541 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 5542 if (FunctionTemplate) 5543 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 5544 } 5545 } 5546 5547 if (isFriend) { 5548 // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration. 5549 if (FunctionTemplate) { 5550 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 5551 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 5552 } 5553 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 5554 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 5555 } 5556 5557 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 5558 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 5559 case FDK_Declaration: 5560 case FDK_Definition: 5561 break; 5562 5563 case FDK_Defaulted: 5564 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 5565 break; 5566 5567 case FDK_Deleted: 5568 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 5569 break; 5570 } 5571 5572 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 5573 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 5574 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 5575 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 5576 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 5577 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 5578 } 5579 5580 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 5581 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 5582 // C++ [class.static]p1: 5583 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 5584 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 5585 // the class. 5586 5587 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 5588 // member function definition. 5589 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5590 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 5591 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5592 } 5593 5594 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 5595 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 5596 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 5597 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 5598 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 5599 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 5600 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) { 5601 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 5602 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_BasicNoexcept; 5603 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), 5604 FPT->arg_type_begin(), 5605 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI)); 5606 } 5607 } 5608 5609 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 5610 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(), 5611 isExplicitSpecialization || 5612 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 5613 5614 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 5615 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 5616 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 5617 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 5618 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 5619 SE->getString())); 5620 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 5621 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 5622 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 5623 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 5624 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 5625 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 5626 } 5627 } 5628 5629 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 5630 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 5631 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 5632 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 5633 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 5634 5635 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 5636 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 5637 // single void argument. 5638 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 5639 // already checks for that case. 5640 if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 && 5641 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param && 5642 cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) { 5643 // Empty arg list, don't push any params. 5644 checkVoidParamDecl(cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)); 5645 } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) { 5646 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) { 5647 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param); 5648 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 5649 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 5650 Params.push_back(Param); 5651 5652 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 5653 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5654 } 5655 } 5656 5657 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 5658 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 5659 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 5660 // parameters for use in the declaration. 5661 // 5662 // @code 5663 // typedef void fn(int); 5664 // fn f; 5665 // @endcode 5666 5667 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 5668 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(), 5669 AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) { 5670 ParmVarDecl *Param = 5671 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI); 5672 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 5673 Params.push_back(Param); 5674 } 5675 } else { 5676 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 5677 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 5678 } 5679 5680 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 5681 NewFD->setParams(Params); 5682 5683 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 5684 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 5685 // 5686 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 5687 // 5688 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 5689 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 5690 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 5691 5692 // Process the non-inheritable attributes on this declaration. 5693 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 5694 /*NonInheritable=*/true, /*Inheritable=*/false); 5695 5696 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 5697 // because all functions have linkage. 5698 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 5699 NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 5700 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 5701 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5702 } 5703 5704 // Handle attributes. 5705 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 5706 /*NonInheritable=*/false, /*Inheritable=*/true); 5707 5708 QualType RetType = NewFD->getResultType(); 5709 const CXXRecordDecl *Ret = RetType->isRecordType() ? 5710 RetType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : RetType->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl(); 5711 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && !NewFD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>() && 5712 Ret && Ret->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>()) { 5713 const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 5714 if (!(MD && MD->getCorrespondingMethodInClass(Ret, true))) { 5715 NewFD->addAttr(new (Context) WarnUnusedResultAttr(SourceRange(), 5716 Context)); 5717 } 5718 } 5719 5720 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5721 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 5722 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 5723 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5724 if (NewFD->isMain()) 5725 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 5726 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 5727 isExplicitSpecialization)); 5728 } 5729 // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration. 5730 else if (!Previous.empty()) 5731 D.setRedeclaration(true); 5732 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 5733 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 5734 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 5735 } else { 5736 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 5737 // argument list into our AST format. 5738 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5739 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 5740 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 5741 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 5742 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 5743 TemplateId->NumArgs); 5744 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 5745 TemplateArgs); 5746 5747 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 5748 5749 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5750 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 5751 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 5752 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 5753 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 5754 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 5755 5756 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 5757 } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 5758 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 5759 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 5760 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 5761 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 5762 // too few of them). 5763 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 5764 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 5765 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 5766 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 5767 "template<> "); 5768 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 5769 } else { 5770 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 5771 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 5772 } 5773 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 5774 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 5775 // wrote something like: 5776 // template <> friend void foo(int); 5777 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 5778 // friend void foo<>(int); 5779 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 5780 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 5781 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5782 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5783 } 5784 5785 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 5786 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 5787 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 5788 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 5789 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 5790 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 5791 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 5792 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 5793 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 5794 InstantiationDependent))) { 5795 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 5796 "friend function specialization without template args"); 5797 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 5798 Previous)) 5799 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5800 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 5801 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 5802 && !isFriend) { 5803 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 5804 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 5805 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 5806 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 5807 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 5808 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 5809 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0), 5810 Previous)) 5811 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5812 5813 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 5814 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 5815 // specialization (14.7.3) 5816 if (SC != SC_None) { 5817 if (SC != NewFD->getStorageClass()) 5818 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 5819 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 5820 << SC 5821 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 5822 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5823 5824 else 5825 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 5826 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 5827 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 5828 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5829 } 5830 5831 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 5832 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 5833 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5834 } 5835 5836 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 5837 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 5838 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5839 // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately. 5840 // This avoids some consistency errors later. 5841 if (CXXMethodDecl* methodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 5842 methodDecl->getParent()->setInvalidDecl(); 5843 } else { 5844 if (NewFD->isMain()) 5845 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 5846 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 5847 isExplicitSpecialization)); 5848 } 5849 } 5850 5851 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 5852 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 5853 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 5854 5855 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 5856 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 5857 : NewFD); 5858 5859 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 5860 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 5861 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 5862 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 5863 5864 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 5865 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 5866 5867 PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true); 5868 } 5869 5870 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 5871 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 5872 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 5873 5874 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 5875 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 5876 if (FunctionTemplate) { 5877 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 5878 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 5879 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 5880 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0, 5881 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 5882 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 5883 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 5884 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 5885 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 5886 DC && DC->isRecord() && 5887 DC->isDependentContext()) 5888 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 5889 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 5890 } 5891 5892 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5893 // Ignore all the rest of this. 5894 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 5895 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 5896 AddToScope }; 5897 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 5898 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 5899 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 5900 5901 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 5902 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5903 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 5904 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 5905 5906 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 5907 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 5908 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 5909 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 5910 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 5911 // can actually do this check immediately. 5912 if (isFriend && 5913 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 5914 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 5915 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 5916 // ignore these 5917 } else { 5918 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 5919 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 5920 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 5921 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 5922 // 5923 // class X { 5924 // void f() const; 5925 // }; 5926 // 5927 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 5928 // 5929 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 5930 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 5931 // whether the parameter types are references). 5932 5933 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous, 5934 NewFD, 5935 ExtraArgs)) { 5936 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 5937 return Result; 5938 } 5939 } 5940 5941 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 5942 // to something. 5943 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 5944 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous, 5945 NewFD, 5946 ExtraArgs)) { 5947 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 5948 return Result; 5949 } 5950 } 5951 5952 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 5953 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 5954 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 5955 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 5956 // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5957 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 5958 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 5959 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 5960 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 5961 // generate them. 5962 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 5963 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5964 } 5965 } 5966 5967 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 5968 5969 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 5970 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 5971 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 5972 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 5973 << NewFD; 5974 5975 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 5976 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 5977 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 5978 EPI.Variadic = true; 5979 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 5980 5981 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), 0, 0, EPI); 5982 NewFD->setType(R); 5983 } 5984 5985 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 5986 // member, set the visibility of this function. 5987 if (NewFD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 5988 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 5989 5990 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 5991 // marking the function. 5992 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 5993 5994 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the 5995 // map of such names. 5996 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC() 5997 && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 5998 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S); 5999 6000 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 6001 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 6002 6003 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6004 if (FunctionTemplate) { 6005 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 6006 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6007 return FunctionTemplate; 6008 } 6009 } 6010 6011 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 6012 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 6013 && NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>() 6014 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 6015 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 6016 D.setInvalidType(); 6017 } 6018 6019 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 6020 6021 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 6022 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 6023 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 6024 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 6025 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 6026 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType()) 6027 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 6028 6029 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 6030 } 6031 } 6032 6033 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 6034 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 6035 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 6036 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 6037 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 6038 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 6039 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 6040 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 6041 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 6042 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 6043 AddToScope = false; 6044 } 6045 6046 return NewFD; 6047 } 6048 6049 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 6050 /// 6051 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 6052 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 6053 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 6054 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 6055 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 6056 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 6057 /// via InstantiateDecl). 6058 /// 6059 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 6060 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 6061 /// 6062 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 6063 /// 6064 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 6065 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 6066 LookupResult &Previous, 6067 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 6068 assert(!NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType() 6069 && "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 6070 6071 // Check for a previous declaration of this name. 6072 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 6073 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 6074 // an extern "C" function, look for a non-visible extern "C" 6075 // declaration with the same name. 6076 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 6077 = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(NewFD->getDeclName()); 6078 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 6079 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 6080 } 6081 6082 bool Redeclaration = false; 6083 6084 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 6085 // the same name, if appropriate. 6086 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6087 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 6088 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 6089 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 6090 // function to the scope. 6091 6092 NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0; 6093 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 6094 Redeclaration = true; 6095 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 6096 } else { 6097 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 6098 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 6099 case Ovl_Match: 6100 Redeclaration = true; 6101 break; 6102 6103 case Ovl_NonFunction: 6104 Redeclaration = true; 6105 break; 6106 6107 case Ovl_Overload: 6108 Redeclaration = false; 6109 break; 6110 } 6111 6112 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 6113 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 6114 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 6115 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 6116 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 6117 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0; 6118 if (Redeclaration) 6119 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 6120 else if (!Previous.empty()) 6121 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 6122 if (OverloadedDecl) 6123 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 6124 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 6125 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(), 6126 Context)); 6127 } 6128 } 6129 6130 if (Redeclaration) { 6131 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 6132 // merged. 6133 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S)) { 6134 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6135 return Redeclaration; 6136 } 6137 6138 Previous.clear(); 6139 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 6140 6141 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 6142 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 6143 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 6144 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 6145 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 6146 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 6147 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 6148 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 6149 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 6150 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 6151 } 6152 6153 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 6154 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 6155 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 6156 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 6157 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 6158 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 6159 } 6160 6161 } else { 6162 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) // Set access for out-of-line definitions 6163 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 6164 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 6165 } 6166 } 6167 } 6168 6169 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 6170 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6171 // C++-specific checks. 6172 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 6173 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 6174 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 6175 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 6176 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 6177 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 6178 6179 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 6180 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 6181 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 6182 DeclarationName Name 6183 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 6184 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 6185 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 6186 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 6187 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6188 return Redeclaration; 6189 } 6190 } 6191 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 6192 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 6193 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 6194 } 6195 6196 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 6197 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 6198 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 6199 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 6200 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 6201 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 6202 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 6203 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 6204 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 6205 } 6206 } 6207 } 6208 6209 if (Method->isStatic()) 6210 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 6211 } 6212 6213 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 6214 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 6215 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 6216 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6217 return Redeclaration; 6218 } 6219 6220 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 6221 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 6222 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 6223 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6224 return Redeclaration; 6225 } 6226 6227 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 6228 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 6229 // during delayed parsing anyway. 6230 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 6231 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 6232 6233 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 6234 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 6235 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 6236 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 6237 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 6238 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 6239 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 6240 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 6241 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 6242 } 6243 } 6244 6245 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 6246 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 6247 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 6248 if (NewFD->isExternC()) { 6249 QualType R = NewFD->getResultType(); 6250 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 6251 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 6252 << NewFD << R; 6253 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 6254 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 6255 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 6256 } 6257 } 6258 return Redeclaration; 6259 } 6260 6261 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 6262 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: A program that declares main to be inline, 6263 // static or constexpr is ill-formed. 6264 // C99 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, the inline function specifier 6265 // shall not appear in a declaration of main. 6266 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 6267 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 6268 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 6269 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 6270 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6271 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 6272 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 6273 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 6274 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 6275 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 6276 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 6277 FD->setConstexpr(false); 6278 } 6279 6280 QualType T = FD->getType(); 6281 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 6282 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 6283 6284 // All the standards say that main() should should return 'int'. 6285 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) { 6286 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 6287 // set the flag which tells us that. 6288 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 6289 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 6290 6291 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 6292 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 6293 // implicit-return-zero rule. 6294 } else if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6295 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 6296 6297 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 6298 } else { 6299 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint); 6300 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6301 } 6302 6303 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 6304 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 6305 6306 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 6307 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs(); 6308 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 6309 6310 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 6311 6312 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 6313 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 6314 // getting shifty. 6315 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 6316 HasExtraParameters = false; 6317 6318 if (HasExtraParameters) { 6319 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 6320 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6321 nparams = 3; 6322 } 6323 6324 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 6325 // if we had some location information about types. 6326 6327 QualType CharPP = 6328 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 6329 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 6330 6331 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 6332 QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i); 6333 6334 bool mismatch = true; 6335 6336 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 6337 mismatch = false; 6338 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 6339 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 6340 // char const ** 6341 // char const * const * 6342 // char * const * 6343 6344 QualifierCollector qs; 6345 const PointerType* PT; 6346 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 6347 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 6348 (QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0) == Context.CharTy)) { 6349 qs.removeConst(); 6350 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 6351 } 6352 } 6353 6354 if (mismatch) { 6355 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 6356 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 6357 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6358 } 6359 } 6360 6361 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6362 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 6363 } 6364 6365 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 6366 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl); 6367 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6368 } 6369 } 6370 6371 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 6372 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 6373 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 6374 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 6375 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 6376 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 6377 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 6378 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 6379 // rules there don't matter.) 6380 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 6381 return false; 6382 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 6383 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6384 return true; 6385 } 6386 6387 namespace { 6388 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 6389 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 6390 class SelfReferenceChecker 6391 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 6392 Sema &S; 6393 Decl *OrigDecl; 6394 bool isRecordType; 6395 bool isPODType; 6396 bool isReferenceType; 6397 6398 public: 6399 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 6400 6401 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 6402 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 6403 isPODType = false; 6404 isRecordType = false; 6405 isReferenceType = false; 6406 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 6407 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 6408 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 6409 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 6410 } 6411 } 6412 6413 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 6414 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 6415 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 6416 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 6417 if (isReferenceType) 6418 return; 6419 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6420 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 6421 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 6422 return; 6423 } 6424 6425 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 6426 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 6427 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 6428 return; 6429 } 6430 6431 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 6432 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6433 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 6434 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 6435 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 6436 return; 6437 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6438 } 6439 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 6440 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 6441 return; 6442 } 6443 } 6444 6445 // Reference types are handled here since all uses of references are 6446 // bad, not just r-value uses. 6447 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 6448 if (isReferenceType) 6449 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 6450 } 6451 6452 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 6453 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue || 6454 (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)) 6455 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 6456 6457 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 6458 } 6459 6460 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 6461 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 6462 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 6463 6464 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 6465 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 6466 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 6467 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 6468 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6469 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 6470 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 6471 Warn = false; 6472 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6473 } 6474 6475 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 6476 if (Warn) 6477 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 6478 return; 6479 } 6480 6481 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 6482 // Visit that expression. 6483 Visit(Base); 6484 } 6485 6486 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 6487 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 6488 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 6489 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 6490 if (!isPODType) 6491 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 6492 return; 6493 } 6494 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 6495 } 6496 6497 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; } 6498 6499 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 6500 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 6501 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 6502 unsigned diag = isReferenceType 6503 ? diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init 6504 : diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 6505 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 6506 S.PDiag(diag) 6507 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 6508 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 6509 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 6510 } 6511 }; 6512 6513 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 6514 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 6515 bool DirectInit) { 6516 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 6517 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 6518 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 6519 return; 6520 6521 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 6522 6523 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 6524 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 6525 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 6526 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 6527 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 6528 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 6529 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 6530 return; 6531 6532 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).Visit(E); 6533 } 6534 } 6535 6536 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 6537 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 6538 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 6539 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 6540 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 6541 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 6542 // the initializer. 6543 if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 6544 return; 6545 6546 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 6547 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 6548 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 6549 // Thus this grotesque test. 6550 IntegerLiteral *IL; 6551 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 6552 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 6553 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 6554 else { 6555 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 6556 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 6557 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 6558 } 6559 return; 6560 } 6561 6562 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 6563 if (!VDecl) { 6564 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 6565 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 6566 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6567 return; 6568 } 6569 6570 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 6571 6572 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 6573 AutoType *Auto = 0; 6574 if (TypeMayContainAuto && 6575 (Auto = VDecl->getType()->getContainedAutoType()) && 6576 !Auto->isDeduced()) { 6577 Expr *DeduceInit = Init; 6578 // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it 6579 // contains exactly one expression. 6580 if (CXXDirectInit) { 6581 if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) { 6582 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 6583 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 6584 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 6585 diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 6586 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 6587 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 6588 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6589 return; 6590 } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) { 6591 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(), 6592 diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 6593 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 6594 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 6595 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6596 return; 6597 } else { 6598 DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0); 6599 } 6600 } 6601 TypeSourceInfo *DeducedType = 0; 6602 if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) == 6603 DAR_Failed) 6604 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 6605 if (!DeducedType) { 6606 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6607 return; 6608 } 6609 VDecl->setTypeSourceInfo(DeducedType); 6610 VDecl->setType(DeducedType->getType()); 6611 VDecl->ClearLinkageCache(); 6612 6613 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 6614 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 6615 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6616 6617 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 6618 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks. 6619 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 6620 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 6621 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && 6622 DeducedType->getType()->isObjCIdType()) { 6623 SourceLocation Loc = DeducedType->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 6624 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) 6625 << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 6626 } 6627 6628 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 6629 // the previously declared type. 6630 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) 6631 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old); 6632 } 6633 6634 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 6635 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 6636 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 6637 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6638 return; 6639 } 6640 6641 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 6642 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 6643 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 6644 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 6645 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 6646 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 6647 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 6648 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 6649 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 6650 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6651 return; 6652 } 6653 6654 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 6655 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 6656 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6657 AbstractVariableType)) 6658 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6659 } 6660 6661 const VarDecl *Def; 6662 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 6663 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 6664 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 6665 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6666 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6667 return; 6668 } 6669 6670 const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0; 6671 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6672 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 6673 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 6674 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 6675 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 6676 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 6677 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 6678 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 6679 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 6680 // 6681 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 6682 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 6683 // declaration with an initializer. 6684 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 6685 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 6686 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 6687 Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6688 return; 6689 } 6690 6691 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 6692 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6693 6694 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 6695 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6696 return; 6697 } 6698 } 6699 6700 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 6701 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 6702 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) { 6703 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 6704 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6705 return; 6706 } 6707 6708 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 6709 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 6710 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 6711 6712 // Top-level message sends default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 6713 // and we are assigning it to a variable of 'id' type. 6714 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCIdType()) 6715 if (Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && isa<ObjCMessageExpr>(Init)) { 6716 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 6717 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 6718 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6719 return; 6720 } 6721 Init = Result.take(); 6722 } 6723 6724 // Perform the initialization. 6725 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 6726 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 6727 InitializationKind Kind 6728 = DirectInit ? 6729 CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 6730 Init->getLocStart(), 6731 Init->getLocEnd()) 6732 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList( 6733 VDecl->getLocation()) 6734 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 6735 Init->getLocStart()); 6736 6737 Expr **Args = &Init; 6738 unsigned NumArgs = 1; 6739 if (CXXDirectInit) { 6740 Args = CXXDirectInit->getExprs(); 6741 NumArgs = CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs(); 6742 } 6743 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, NumArgs); 6744 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 6745 MultiExprArg(Args, NumArgs), &DclT); 6746 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 6747 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6748 return; 6749 } 6750 6751 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 6752 } 6753 6754 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 6755 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 6756 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 6757 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 6758 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 6759 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 6760 } 6761 6762 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 6763 // completed by the initializer. For example: 6764 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 6765 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 6766 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 6767 VDecl->setType(DclT); 6768 6769 // Check any implicit conversions within the expression. 6770 CheckImplicitConversions(Init, VDecl->getLocation()); 6771 6772 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 6773 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 6774 6775 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 6776 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 6777 6778 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 6779 // Although this code can still have problems: 6780 // id x = self.weakProp; 6781 // id y = self.weakProp; 6782 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 6783 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 6784 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 6785 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) { 6786 DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level = 6787 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 6788 Init->getLocStart()); 6789 if (Level != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 6790 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 6791 } 6792 } 6793 6794 Init = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init); 6795 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 6796 VDecl->setInit(Init); 6797 6798 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 6799 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 6800 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 6801 // C++ does not have this restriction. 6802 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && 6803 VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 6804 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 6805 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 6806 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 6807 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 6808 // 6809 // struct S { 6810 // static const int value = 17; 6811 // }; 6812 6813 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 6814 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 6815 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 6816 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 6817 // 6818 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 6819 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 6820 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 6821 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 6822 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 6823 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 6824 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 6825 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 6826 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 6827 6828 // Do nothing on dependent types. 6829 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 6830 6831 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 6832 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 6833 // type. 6834 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 6835 6836 // Require constness. 6837 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 6838 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 6839 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6840 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6841 6842 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 6843 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 6844 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 6845 SourceLocation Loc; 6846 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 6847 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 6848 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 6849 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 6850 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 6851 ; // Nothing to check. 6852 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 6853 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 6854 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 6855 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 6856 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 6857 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 6858 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6859 } else { 6860 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 6861 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 6862 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 6863 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6864 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6865 } 6866 6867 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 6868 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 6869 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 6870 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 6871 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x) 6872 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 6873 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_constexpr) 6874 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 6875 6876 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 6877 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 6878 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6879 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6880 } 6881 6882 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 6883 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && DclT->isLiteralType()) { 6884 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 6885 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 6886 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 6887 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 6888 6889 } else { 6890 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 6891 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 6892 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6893 } 6894 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 6895 if (VDecl->getStorageClassAsWritten() == SC_Extern && 6896 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 6897 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified())) 6898 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 6899 6900 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 6901 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 6902 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 6903 } 6904 6905 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 6906 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 6907 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 6908 // 6909 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 6910 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 6911 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 6912 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 6913 // special case code. 6914 6915 // C++ 8.5p11: 6916 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 6917 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 6918 // class type. 6919 if (CXXDirectInit) { 6920 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 6921 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 6922 } else if (DirectInit) { 6923 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 6924 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 6925 } 6926 6927 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 6928 } 6929 6930 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 6931 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 6932 /// of sanity. 6933 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 6934 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 6935 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 6936 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 6937 6938 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 6939 if (!VD) return; 6940 6941 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 6942 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 6943 D->setInvalidDecl(); 6944 return; 6945 } 6946 6947 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 6948 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 6949 6950 // Require a complete type. 6951 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 6952 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 6953 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 6954 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 6955 return; 6956 } 6957 6958 // Require an abstract type. 6959 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 6960 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6961 AbstractVariableType)) { 6962 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 6963 return; 6964 } 6965 6966 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 6967 // though. 6968 } 6969 6970 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 6971 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 6972 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 6973 if (RealDecl == 0) 6974 return; 6975 6976 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 6977 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 6978 6979 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 6980 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 6981 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 6982 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 6983 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6984 return; 6985 } 6986 6987 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 6988 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 6989 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 6990 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 6991 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 6992 // member. 6993 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 6994 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 6995 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 6996 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 6997 << Var->getDeclName(); 6998 else 6999 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 7000 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7001 return; 7002 } 7003 7004 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 7005 case VarDecl::Definition: 7006 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 7007 break; 7008 7009 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 7010 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 7011 // a declaration. 7012 // 7013 // Fall through 7014 7015 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 7016 // It's only a declaration. 7017 7018 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 7019 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 7020 // object shall be complete. 7021 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 7022 !Var->getLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 7023 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7024 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 7025 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7026 7027 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 7028 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 7029 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7030 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7031 AbstractVariableType)) 7032 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7033 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 7034 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 7035 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 7036 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 7037 } 7038 7039 return; 7040 7041 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 7042 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 7043 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 7044 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 7045 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 7046 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 7047 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 7048 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 7049 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 7050 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 7051 ArrayT->getElementType(), 7052 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 7053 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7054 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 7055 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 7056 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 7057 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 7058 // NOTE: code such as the following 7059 // static struct s; 7060 // struct s { int a; }; 7061 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 7062 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 7063 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 7064 if (Var->getPreviousDecl() == 0) 7065 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7066 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 7067 } 7068 } 7069 7070 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 7071 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 7072 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 7073 return; 7074 } 7075 7076 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 7077 // definitions with incomplete array type. 7078 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 7079 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 7080 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 7081 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7082 return; 7083 } 7084 7085 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 7086 // definitions with reference type. 7087 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 7088 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 7089 << Var->getDeclName() 7090 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 7091 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7092 return; 7093 } 7094 7095 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 7096 // variable with dependent type. 7097 if (Type->isDependentType()) 7098 return; 7099 7100 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 7101 return; 7102 7103 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 7104 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 7105 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 7106 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7107 return; 7108 } 7109 7110 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 7111 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7112 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7113 AbstractVariableType)) { 7114 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7115 return; 7116 } 7117 7118 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 7119 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 7120 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 7121 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 7122 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 7123 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 7124 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 7125 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 7126 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 7127 // types and is declared without an initializer. 7128 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 7129 if (const RecordType *Record 7130 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7131 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 7132 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 7133 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 7134 // incompatibilities with C++98. 7135 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 7136 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 7137 } 7138 } 7139 7140 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 7141 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 7142 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 7143 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 7144 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 7145 // type shall have a user-declared default 7146 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 7147 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 7148 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 7149 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 7150 // program is ill-formed. 7151 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 7152 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 7153 // default-initialized; [...]. 7154 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 7155 InitializationKind Kind 7156 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 7157 7158 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 0, 0); 7159 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg()); 7160 if (Init.isInvalid()) 7161 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7162 else if (Init.get()) { 7163 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 7164 // This is important for template substitution. 7165 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 7166 } 7167 7168 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 7169 } 7170 } 7171 7172 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 7173 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 7174 if (!VD) { 7175 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 7176 D->setInvalidDecl(); 7177 return; 7178 } 7179 7180 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 7181 7182 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 7183 int Error = -1; 7184 switch (VD->getStorageClassAsWritten()) { 7185 case SC_None: 7186 break; 7187 case SC_Extern: 7188 Error = 0; 7189 break; 7190 case SC_Static: 7191 Error = 1; 7192 break; 7193 case SC_PrivateExtern: 7194 Error = 2; 7195 break; 7196 case SC_Auto: 7197 Error = 3; 7198 break; 7199 case SC_Register: 7200 Error = 4; 7201 break; 7202 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 7203 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class"); 7204 } 7205 if (VD->isConstexpr()) 7206 Error = 5; 7207 if (Error != -1) { 7208 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 7209 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 7210 D->setInvalidDecl(); 7211 } 7212 } 7213 7214 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 7215 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 7216 7217 // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 7218 // local retaining variable. 7219 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 7220 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 7221 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 7222 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 7223 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 7224 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 7225 break; 7226 7227 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 7228 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 7229 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 7230 break; 7231 } 7232 } 7233 7234 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 7235 var->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) { 7236 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 7237 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 7238 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 7239 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 7240 7241 if (!prev) 7242 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 7243 } 7244 7245 // All the following checks are C++ only. 7246 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 7247 7248 QualType type = var->getType(); 7249 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 7250 7251 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 7252 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7253 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 7254 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 7255 7256 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 7257 // constructing this copy. 7258 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 7259 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 7260 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 7261 ExprResult result = 7262 PerformCopyInitialization( 7263 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 7264 poi, Owned(varRef)); 7265 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 7266 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 7267 Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>(); 7268 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 7269 } 7270 } 7271 } 7272 7273 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 7274 bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal(); 7275 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 7276 7277 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 7278 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 7279 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 7280 getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_global_constructor, 7281 var->getLocation()) 7282 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored && 7283 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 7284 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 7285 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7286 7287 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 7288 llvm::SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 7289 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 7290 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 7291 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 7292 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 7293 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 7294 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 7295 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 7296 Notes.clear(); 7297 } 7298 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 7299 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 7300 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 7301 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 7302 } 7303 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 7304 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 7305 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 7306 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 7307 var->checkInitIsICE(); 7308 } 7309 } 7310 7311 // Require the destructor. 7312 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 7313 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 7314 } 7315 7316 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 7317 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 7318 void 7319 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 7320 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 7321 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 7322 7323 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 7324 // tag values. 7325 if (ThisDecl && ThisDecl->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 7326 const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 7327 if (VD && VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 7328 for (specific_attr_iterator<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr> 7329 I = ThisDecl->specific_attr_begin<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(), 7330 E = ThisDecl->specific_attr_end<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(); 7331 I != E; ++I) { 7332 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 7333 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 7334 continue; 7335 } 7336 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 7337 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 7338 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 7339 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 7340 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 7341 continue; 7342 } 7343 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 7344 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 7345 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 7346 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 7347 continue; 7348 } 7349 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 7350 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 7351 MagicValue, 7352 I->getMatchingCType(), 7353 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 7354 I->getMustBeNull()); 7355 } 7356 } 7357 } 7358 } 7359 7360 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 7361 Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 7362 Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 7363 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 7364 7365 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 7366 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 7367 7368 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 7369 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) 7370 Decls.push_back(D); 7371 7372 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) 7373 if (const TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) 7374 getASTContext().addUnnamedTag(Tag); 7375 7376 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls.data(), Decls.size(), 7377 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto); 7378 } 7379 7380 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 7381 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 7382 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 7383 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 7384 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 7385 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 7386 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 7387 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 7388 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 7389 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 7390 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 7391 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 7392 if (TypeMayContainAuto && NumDecls > 1) { 7393 QualType Deduced; 7394 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 7395 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0; 7396 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) { 7397 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 7398 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 7399 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 7400 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 7401 break; 7402 if (AT && AT->isDeduced()) { 7403 QualType U = AT->getDeducedType(); 7404 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 7405 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 7406 Deduced = U; 7407 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 7408 DeducedDecl = D; 7409 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 7410 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 7411 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 7412 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 7413 << U << D->getDeclName() 7414 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 7415 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 7416 D->setInvalidDecl(); 7417 break; 7418 } 7419 } 7420 } 7421 } 7422 } 7423 7424 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group, NumDecls); 7425 7426 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, NumDecls)); 7427 } 7428 7429 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 7430 ActOnDocumentableDecls(&D, 1); 7431 } 7432 7433 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 7434 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 7435 if (NumDecls == 0 || !Group[0]) 7436 return; 7437 7438 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 7439 Group[0]->getLocation()) 7440 == DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 7441 return; 7442 7443 if (NumDecls >= 2) { 7444 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 7445 // procuded from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 7446 // additional declaration references: 7447 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 7448 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 7449 // 'struct S *pS;' 7450 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 7451 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 7452 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 7453 Group++; 7454 NumDecls--; 7455 } 7456 } 7457 7458 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 7459 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 7460 if (!Comments.empty() && 7461 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 7462 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 7463 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 7464 // 7465 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 7466 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 7467 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 7468 // ahead through comments. 7469 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 7470 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 7471 } 7472 } 7473 7474 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 7475 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 7476 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 7477 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 7478 7479 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 7480 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 7481 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None; 7482 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten = SC_None; 7483 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 7484 StorageClass = SC_Register; 7485 StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Register; 7486 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 7487 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 7488 StorageClass = SC_Auto; 7489 StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Auto; 7490 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 7491 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7492 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 7493 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 7494 } 7495 7496 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 7497 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 7498 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 7499 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 7500 << 0; 7501 7502 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 7503 7504 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 7505 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 7506 7507 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7508 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 7509 // parameter. 7510 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 7511 7512 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 7513 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 7514 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 7515 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 7516 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 7517 } 7518 } 7519 7520 // Ensure we have a valid name 7521 IdentifierInfo *II = 0; 7522 if (D.hasName()) { 7523 II = D.getIdentifier(); 7524 if (!II) { 7525 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 7526 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString(); 7527 D.setInvalidType(true); 7528 } 7529 } 7530 7531 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 7532 if (II) { 7533 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 7534 ForRedeclaration); 7535 LookupName(R, S); 7536 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 7537 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 7538 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 7539 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 7540 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 7541 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 7542 PrevDecl = 0; 7543 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 7544 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 7545 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7546 7547 // Recover by removing the name 7548 II = 0; 7549 D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7550 D.setInvalidType(true); 7551 } 7552 } 7553 } 7554 7555 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 7556 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 7557 // looking like class members in C++. 7558 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 7559 D.getLocStart(), 7560 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 7561 parmDeclType, TInfo, 7562 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten); 7563 7564 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7565 New->setInvalidDecl(); 7566 7567 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 7568 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 7569 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 7570 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 7571 7572 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 7573 S->AddDecl(New); 7574 if (II) 7575 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 7576 7577 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 7578 7579 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 7580 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 7581 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 7582 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 7583 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 7584 7585 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7586 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 7587 } 7588 return New; 7589 } 7590 7591 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 7592 /// typedef. 7593 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 7594 SourceLocation Loc, 7595 QualType T) { 7596 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 7597 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 7598 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 7599 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0, 7600 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 7601 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 7602 Param->setImplicit(); 7603 return Param; 7604 } 7605 7606 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 7607 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 7608 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 7609 // will already have done so in the template itself. 7610 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 7611 return; 7612 7613 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 7614 if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 7615 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 7616 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 7617 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 7618 } 7619 } 7620 } 7621 7622 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 7623 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 7624 QualType ReturnTy, 7625 NamedDecl *D) { 7626 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 7627 return; 7628 7629 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 7630 // threshold. 7631 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 7632 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 7633 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 7634 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 7635 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 7636 } 7637 7638 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 7639 // threshold. 7640 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 7641 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 7642 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 7643 continue; 7644 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 7645 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 7646 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 7647 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 7648 } 7649 } 7650 7651 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 7652 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 7653 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 7654 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass, 7655 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten) { 7656 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 7657 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 7658 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 7659 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 7660 7661 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 7662 7663 // Special cases for arrays: 7664 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 7665 // - otherwise, it's an error 7666 if (T->isArrayType()) { 7667 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 7668 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 7669 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 7670 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 7671 } 7672 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 7673 } else { 7674 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 7675 } 7676 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 7677 } 7678 7679 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 7680 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 7681 TSInfo, 7682 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten, 7683 0); 7684 7685 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 7686 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 7687 // the class has been completely parsed. 7688 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 7689 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7690 AbstractParamType)) 7691 New->setInvalidDecl(); 7692 7693 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 7694 // passed by reference. 7695 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 7696 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd(); 7697 Diag(NameLoc, 7698 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 7699 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 7700 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 7701 New->setType(T); 7702 } 7703 7704 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 7705 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 7706 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 7707 // an address space. 7708 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 7709 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 7710 New->setInvalidDecl(); 7711 } 7712 7713 return New; 7714 } 7715 7716 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 7717 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 7718 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 7719 7720 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 7721 // for a K&R function. 7722 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 7723 for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 7724 --i; 7725 if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) { 7726 SmallString<256> Code; 7727 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << " int " 7728 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName() 7729 << ";\n"; 7730 Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 7731 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident 7732 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 7733 7734 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 7735 // type. 7736 AttributeFactory attrs; 7737 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 7738 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 7739 unsigned DiagID; // unused 7740 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, 7741 PrevSpec, DiagID); 7742 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 7743 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 7744 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 7745 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 7746 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 7747 FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 7748 } 7749 } 7750 } 7751 } 7752 7753 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) { 7754 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused"); 7755 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 7756 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 7757 7758 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 7759 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 7760 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 7761 } 7762 7763 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 7764 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 7765 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 7766 return false; 7767 7768 // Or declarations that aren't global. 7769 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 7770 return false; 7771 7772 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 7773 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 7774 return false; 7775 7776 // Don't warn about 'main'. 7777 if (FD->isMain()) 7778 return false; 7779 7780 // Don't warn about inline functions. 7781 if (FD->isInlined()) 7782 return false; 7783 7784 // Don't warn about function templates. 7785 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 7786 return false; 7787 7788 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 7789 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 7790 return false; 7791 7792 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 7793 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 7794 return false; 7795 7796 bool MissingPrototype = true; 7797 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 7798 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 7799 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 7800 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 7801 if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 7802 continue; 7803 7804 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 7805 break; 7806 } 7807 7808 return MissingPrototype; 7809 } 7810 7811 void Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD) { 7812 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 7813 // was an extern inline function. 7814 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 7815 if (FD->isDefined(Definition) && 7816 !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) { 7817 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 7818 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 7819 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 7820 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 7821 else 7822 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 7823 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7824 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7825 } 7826 } 7827 7828 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 7829 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 7830 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 7831 7832 if (!D) 7833 return D; 7834 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 7835 7836 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 7837 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 7838 else 7839 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 7840 7841 // Enter a new function scope 7842 PushFunctionScope(); 7843 7844 // See if this is a redefinition. 7845 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) 7846 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD); 7847 7848 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 7849 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 7850 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 7851 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 7852 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7853 } 7854 } 7855 7856 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 7857 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 7858 QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType(); 7859 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 7860 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 7861 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 7862 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 7863 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7864 7865 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 7866 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 7867 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 7868 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 7869 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 7870 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD)) 7871 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 7872 7873 if (FnBodyScope) 7874 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 7875 7876 // Check the validity of our function parameters 7877 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 7878 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 7879 7880 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 7881 for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { 7882 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); 7883 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 7884 7885 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 7886 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 7887 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 7888 7889 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 7890 } 7891 } 7892 7893 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 7894 // introduce them into the function scope. 7895 if (FnBodyScope) { 7896 for (llvm::ArrayRef<NamedDecl*>::iterator I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 7897 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); I != E; ++I) { 7898 NamedDecl *D = *I; 7899 7900 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit 7901 // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit 7902 // and reattach to the current context. 7903 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 7904 // Is the decl actually in the context? 7905 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator DI = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_begin(), 7906 DE = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_end(); DI != DE; ++DI) { 7907 if (*DI == D) { 7908 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 7909 break; 7910 } 7911 } 7912 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 7913 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7914 } 7915 7916 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 7917 if (!D->getName().empty()) 7918 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 7919 7920 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 7921 // accessible in this scope. 7922 if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 7923 for (EnumDecl::enumerator_iterator EI = ED->enumerator_begin(), 7924 EE = ED->enumerator_end(); EI != EE; ++EI) 7925 PushOnScopeChains(*EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 7926 } 7927 } 7928 } 7929 7930 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 7931 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 7932 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 7933 7934 // Checking attributes of current function definition 7935 // dllimport attribute. 7936 DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 7937 if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) { 7938 // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition. 7939 // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope. 7940 if (!DA->isInherited() && 7941 !(LangOpts.MicrosoftExt && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 7942 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 7943 diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration) 7944 << "dllimport"; 7945 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7946 return FD; 7947 } 7948 7949 // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue 7950 // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled. 7951 if (!LangOpts.MicrosoftExt) { 7952 // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the 7953 // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is 7954 // emitted. 7955 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 7956 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 7957 << FD->getName() << "dllimport"; 7958 } 7959 } 7960 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 7961 // a function template). 7962 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 7963 return FD; 7964 } 7965 7966 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 7967 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 7968 /// optimization. 7969 /// 7970 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 7971 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 7972 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 7973 /// use the named return value optimization. 7974 /// 7975 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 7976 /// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is 7977 /// the NRVO variable. 7978 /// 7979 /// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return 7980 /// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to 7981 /// find a maximal set of NRVO variables. 7982 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 7983 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 7984 7985 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0; 7986 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 7987 if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 7988 return; 7989 7990 if (!NRVOCandidate) 7991 NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate(); 7992 else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 7993 return; 7994 } 7995 7996 if (NRVOCandidate) 7997 const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true); 7998 } 7999 8000 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 8001 if (!Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D)) 8002 return false; 8003 8004 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) 8005 return true; 8006 8007 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 8008 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 8009 FD = FTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 8010 else 8011 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 8012 8013 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 8014 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 8015 // rest of the file. 8016 return !FD->isConstexpr(); 8017 } 8018 8019 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 8020 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 8021 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 8022 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 8023 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 8024 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, 0); 8025 } 8026 8027 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 8028 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 8029 } 8030 8031 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 8032 bool IsInstantiation) { 8033 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 8034 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl); 8035 if (FunTmpl) 8036 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 8037 else 8038 FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl); 8039 8040 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 8041 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0; 8042 8043 if (FD) { 8044 FD->setBody(Body); 8045 8046 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 8047 // don't complain about missing return statements. 8048 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 8049 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 8050 8051 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 8052 // defined at class scope, warn about this non standard construct. 8053 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure()) 8054 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition); 8055 8056 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8057 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 8058 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 8059 FD->getResultType(), FD); 8060 8061 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 8062 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 8063 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 8064 8065 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 8066 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 8067 // to deduce an implicit return type. 8068 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getResultType()->isRecordType() && 8069 !FD->isDependentContext()) 8070 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 8071 } 8072 8073 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 8074 "Function parsing confused"); 8075 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 8076 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 8077 MD->setBody(Body); 8078 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8079 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 8080 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 8081 MD->getResultType(), MD); 8082 8083 if (Body) 8084 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 8085 } 8086 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 8087 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 8088 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 8089 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 8090 } 8091 } else { 8092 return 0; 8093 } 8094 8095 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 8096 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 8097 "handled in the block above."); 8098 8099 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 8100 if (Body) { 8101 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 8102 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 8103 // Verify this. 8104 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 8105 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 8106 8107 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 8108 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 8109 !dcl->isInvalidDecl() && 8110 !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() && 8111 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 8112 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 8113 8114 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 8115 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 8116 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 8117 8118 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 8119 Destructor->getParent()); 8120 } 8121 8122 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 8123 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 8124 // deletion in some later function. 8125 if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 8126 PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 8127 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 8128 } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 8129 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 8130 // enabled. 8131 ActivePolicy = &WP; 8132 } 8133 8134 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 8135 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 8136 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 8137 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8138 8139 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 8140 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 8141 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 8142 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 8143 } 8144 8145 if (!IsInstantiation) 8146 PopDeclContext(); 8147 8148 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 8149 8150 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 8151 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 8152 // deletion in some later function. 8153 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 8154 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 8155 } 8156 8157 return dcl; 8158 } 8159 8160 8161 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 8162 /// relevant Decl. 8163 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 8164 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 8165 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 8166 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 8167 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 8168 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 8169 8170 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 8171 if (Method->isStatic()) 8172 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 8173 } 8174 8175 8176 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 8177 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 8178 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 8179 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 8180 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 8181 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 8182 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 8183 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 8184 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 8185 = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(&II); 8186 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) { 8187 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second; 8188 Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 8189 return Pos->second; 8190 } 8191 8192 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 8193 unsigned diag_id; 8194 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 8195 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 8196 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 8197 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 8198 else 8199 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 8200 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 8201 8202 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 8203 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 8204 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 8205 TypoCorrection Corrected; 8206 DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator; 8207 if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), 8208 LookupOrdinaryName, S, 0, Validator))) { 8209 std::string CorrectedStr = Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()); 8210 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr = Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts()); 8211 FunctionDecl *Func = Corrected.getCorrectionDeclAs<FunctionDecl>(); 8212 8213 Diag(Loc, diag::note_function_suggestion) << CorrectedQuotedStr 8214 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, CorrectedStr); 8215 8216 if (Func->getLocation().isValid() 8217 && !II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 8218 Diag(Func->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 8219 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 8220 } 8221 } 8222 8223 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 8224 const char *Dummy; 8225 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 8226 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 8227 unsigned DiagID; 8228 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID); 8229 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 8230 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 8231 SourceLocation NoLoc; 8232 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 8233 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 8234 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 8235 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 8236 /*ArgInfo=*/0, 8237 /*NumArgs=*/0, 8238 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 8239 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 8240 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 8241 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 8242 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 8243 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 8244 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 8245 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 8246 EST_None, 8247 /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc, 8248 /*Exceptions=*/0, 8249 /*ExceptionRanges=*/0, 8250 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 8251 /*NoexceptExpr=*/0, 8252 Loc, Loc, D), 8253 DS.getAttributes(), 8254 SourceLocation()); 8255 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 8256 8257 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 8258 8259 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 8260 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 8261 8262 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 8263 FD->setImplicit(); 8264 8265 CurContext = PrevDC; 8266 8267 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 8268 8269 return FD; 8270 } 8271 8272 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 8273 /// the declaration of this function. 8274 /// 8275 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 8276 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 8277 /// like NSLog or printf. 8278 /// 8279 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 8280 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 8281 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 8282 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 8283 return; 8284 8285 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 8286 // actual attributes. 8287 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 8288 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 8289 unsigned FormatIdx; 8290 bool HasVAListArg; 8291 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 8292 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 8293 const char *fmt = "printf"; 8294 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 8295 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 8296 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 8297 fmt = "NSString"; 8298 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 8299 fmt, FormatIdx+1, 8300 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 8301 } 8302 } 8303 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 8304 HasVAListArg)) { 8305 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 8306 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 8307 "scanf", FormatIdx+1, 8308 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 8309 } 8310 8311 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 8312 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 8313 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 8314 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 8315 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 8316 if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 8317 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 8318 } 8319 8320 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 8321 !FD->getAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 8322 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ReturnsTwiceAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 8323 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 8324 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 8325 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 8326 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 8327 } 8328 8329 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 8330 if (!Name) 8331 return; 8332 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8333 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 8334 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 8335 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 8336 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 8337 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 8338 // about. 8339 } else 8340 return; 8341 8342 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 8343 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 8344 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 8345 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 8346 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 8347 "printf", 2, 8348 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3)); 8349 } 8350 8351 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 8352 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 8353 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 8354 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 8355 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatArgAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 1)); 8356 } 8357 } 8358 8359 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 8360 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 8361 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 8362 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 8363 8364 if (!TInfo) { 8365 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 8366 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 8367 } 8368 8369 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 8370 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 8371 D.getLocStart(), 8372 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 8373 D.getIdentifier(), 8374 TInfo); 8375 8376 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 8377 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 8378 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 8379 return NewTD; 8380 } 8381 8382 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 8383 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 8384 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 8385 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 8386 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 8387 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 8388 else 8389 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 8390 } 8391 8392 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 8393 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 8394 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 8395 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 8396 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 8397 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 8398 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 8399 case TST_enum: 8400 case TST_struct: 8401 case TST_interface: 8402 case TST_union: 8403 case TST_class: { 8404 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 8405 8406 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 8407 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 8408 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break; 8409 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break; 8410 8411 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 8412 assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 8413 8414 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 8415 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec))) 8416 break; 8417 8418 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 8419 tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 8420 break; 8421 } 8422 8423 default: 8424 break; 8425 } 8426 8427 return NewTD; 8428 } 8429 8430 8431 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 8432 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 8433 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 8434 QualType T = TI->getType(); 8435 8436 if (T->isDependentType() || T->isIntegralType(Context)) 8437 return false; 8438 8439 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 8440 return true; 8441 } 8442 8443 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 8444 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 8445 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 8446 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 8447 const EnumDecl *Prev) { 8448 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 8449 8450 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 8451 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 8452 << Prev->isScoped(); 8453 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 8454 return true; 8455 } 8456 8457 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 8458 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 8459 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 8460 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 8461 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 8462 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 8463 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 8464 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 8465 return true; 8466 } 8467 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 8468 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 8469 << Prev->isFixed(); 8470 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 8471 return true; 8472 } 8473 8474 return false; 8475 } 8476 8477 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 8478 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 8479 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 8480 /// 8481 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 8482 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 8483 switch (Tag) { 8484 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 8485 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 8486 case TTK_Class: return 2; 8487 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 8488 } 8489 } 8490 8491 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 8492 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 8493 /// 8494 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 8495 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 8496 { 8497 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 8498 } 8499 8500 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 8501 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 8502 /// 8503 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 8504 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 8505 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 8506 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 8507 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 8508 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 8509 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 8510 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 8511 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 8512 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 8513 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 8514 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 8515 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 8516 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 8517 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 8518 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 8519 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 8520 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 8521 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 8522 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 8523 if (OldTag == NewTag) 8524 return true; 8525 8526 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 8527 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 8528 bool isTemplate = false; 8529 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 8530 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 8531 8532 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 8533 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 8534 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 8535 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 8536 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 8537 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 8538 return true; 8539 } 8540 8541 if (isDefinition) { 8542 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 8543 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 8544 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 8545 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 8546 return true; 8547 } 8548 8549 bool previousMismatch = false; 8550 for (TagDecl::redecl_iterator I(Previous->redecls_begin()), 8551 E(Previous->redecls_end()); I != E; ++I) { 8552 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 8553 if (!previousMismatch) { 8554 previousMismatch = true; 8555 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 8556 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 8557 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 8558 } 8559 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 8560 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 8561 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 8562 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 8563 } 8564 } 8565 return true; 8566 } 8567 8568 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 8569 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 8570 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 8571 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 8572 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 8573 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 8574 return true; 8575 } 8576 8577 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 8578 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 8579 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 8580 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 8581 8582 // If there is a previous defintion, suggest a fix-it. 8583 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 8584 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 8585 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 8586 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 8587 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 8588 } 8589 8590 return true; 8591 } 8592 return false; 8593 } 8594 8595 /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 8596 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 8597 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 8598 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 8599 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 8600 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 8601 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 8602 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 8603 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 8604 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 8605 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 8606 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 8607 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 8608 TypeResult UnderlyingType) { 8609 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 8610 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 8611 assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 8612 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 8613 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 8614 8615 OwnedDecl = false; 8616 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 8617 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 8618 8619 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 8620 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 8621 bool Invalid = false; 8622 8623 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 8624 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 8625 // for non-C++ cases. 8626 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 8627 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 8628 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 8629 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, 8630 TemplateParameterLists.data(), 8631 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 8632 TUK == TUK_Friend, 8633 isExplicitSpecialization, 8634 Invalid)) { 8635 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 8636 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 8637 // be a member of another template). 8638 8639 if (Invalid) 8640 return 0; 8641 8642 OwnedDecl = false; 8643 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 8644 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 8645 TemplateParams, AS, 8646 ModulePrivateLoc, 8647 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 8648 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 8649 return Result.get(); 8650 } else { 8651 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 8652 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 8653 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 8654 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 8655 } 8656 } 8657 } 8658 8659 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 8660 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 8661 // redeclaration. 8662 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 8663 8664 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 8665 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 8666 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 8667 // type, default to int. 8668 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 8669 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 8670 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 8671 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 8672 TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0; 8673 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 8674 EnumUnderlying = TI; 8675 8676 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 8677 // Recover by falling back to int. 8678 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 8679 8680 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 8681 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 8682 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 8683 8684 } else if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) 8685 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 8686 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 8687 } 8688 8689 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 8690 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 8691 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 8692 8693 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 8694 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 8695 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 8696 8697 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 8698 8699 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 8700 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 8701 8702 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 8703 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 8704 Name = 0; 8705 goto CreateNewDecl; 8706 } 8707 8708 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 8709 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 8710 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 8711 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 8712 if (!DC) { 8713 IsDependent = true; 8714 return 0; 8715 } 8716 } else { 8717 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 8718 if (!DC) { 8719 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 8720 << SS.getRange(); 8721 return 0; 8722 } 8723 } 8724 8725 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 8726 return 0; 8727 8728 SearchDC = DC; 8729 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 8730 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 8731 8732 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 8733 return 0; 8734 8735 if (Previous.empty()) { 8736 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 8737 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 8738 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 8739 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 8740 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 8741 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 8742 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 8743 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 8744 IsDependent = true; 8745 return 0; 8746 } 8747 8748 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 8749 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 8750 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 8751 Name = 0; 8752 Invalid = true; 8753 goto CreateNewDecl; 8754 } 8755 } else if (Name) { 8756 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 8757 // declaration or definition. 8758 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 8759 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 8760 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 8761 LookupName(Previous, S); 8762 8763 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 8764 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 8765 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 8766 while (F.hasNext()) { 8767 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 8768 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 8769 F.erase(); 8770 } 8771 F.done(); 8772 } 8773 8774 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 8775 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 8776 return 0; 8777 8778 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 8779 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 8780 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 8781 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 8782 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 8783 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 8784 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 8785 } 8786 } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 8787 // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its 8788 // initial context to the translation unit. 8789 // FIXME: [citation needed] 8790 SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 8791 } 8792 8793 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 8794 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 8795 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 8796 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 8797 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 8798 Previous.clear(); 8799 } 8800 8801 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 8802 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 8803 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 8804 isStdBadAlloc = true; 8805 8806 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 8807 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 8808 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 8809 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 8810 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 8811 } 8812 } 8813 8814 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 8815 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 8816 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 8817 // there's a shadow friend decl. 8818 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 8819 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 8820 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 8821 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 8822 8823 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 8824 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 8825 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 8826 // 8827 // class-key identifier 8828 // 8829 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 8830 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 8831 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 8832 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 8833 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 8834 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 8835 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 8836 // declaration. 8837 // 8838 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 8839 // C structs and unions. 8840 // 8841 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 8842 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 8843 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 8844 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 8845 // 8846 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 8847 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 8848 // 8849 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 8850 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 8851 // lexical context, 8852 while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 8853 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 8854 8855 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 8856 while (S->isClassScope() || 8857 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8858 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 8859 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 8860 (S->getEntity() && 8861 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())) 8862 S = S->getParent(); 8863 } else { 8864 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 8865 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 8866 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 8867 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 8868 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 8869 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 8870 } 8871 8872 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 8873 // diagnose some problems. 8874 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8875 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 8876 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 8877 } 8878 } 8879 8880 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8881 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 8882 8883 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 8884 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 8885 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 8886 // in C++. 8887 // 8888 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 8889 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 8890 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 8891 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 8892 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8893 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 8894 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 8895 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 8896 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 8897 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 8898 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 8899 PrevDecl = Tag; 8900 Previous.clear(); 8901 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 8902 Previous.resolveKind(); 8903 } 8904 } 8905 } 8906 } 8907 8908 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 8909 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 8910 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 8911 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 8912 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 8913 isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) { 8914 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 8915 // struct or something similar. 8916 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 8917 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 8918 *Name)) { 8919 bool SafeToContinue 8920 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 8921 Kind != TTK_Enum); 8922 if (SafeToContinue) 8923 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 8924 << Name 8925 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 8926 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 8927 else 8928 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 8929 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 8930 8931 if (SafeToContinue) 8932 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 8933 else { 8934 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 8935 Name = 0; 8936 Previous.clear(); 8937 Invalid = true; 8938 } 8939 } 8940 8941 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 8942 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 8943 8944 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 8945 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 8946 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 8947 if (ScopedEnum) 8948 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 8949 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 8950 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 8951 return PrevTagDecl; 8952 } 8953 8954 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 8955 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 8956 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType(); 8957 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 8958 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 8959 8960 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 8961 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 8962 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 8963 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 8964 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum)) 8965 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : 0; 8966 } 8967 8968 if (!Invalid) { 8969 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found. 8970 8971 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 8972 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 8973 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 8974 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 8975 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || 8976 getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) || TUK == TUK_Friend) 8977 return PrevTagDecl; 8978 8979 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 8980 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 8981 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 8982 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 8983 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 8984 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 8985 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 8986 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 8987 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 8988 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 8989 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 8990 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 8991 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 8992 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 8993 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 8994 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 8995 } 8996 8997 if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 8998 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 8999 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 9000 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 9001 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 9002 else 9003 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 9004 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9005 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 9006 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 9007 // references get the previous definition. 9008 Name = 0; 9009 Previous.clear(); 9010 Invalid = true; 9011 } 9012 } else { 9013 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 9014 // about a nested redefinition. 9015 const TagType *Tag 9016 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 9017 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 9018 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 9019 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 9020 diag::note_previous_definition); 9021 Name = 0; 9022 Previous.clear(); 9023 Invalid = true; 9024 } 9025 } 9026 9027 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 9028 // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 9029 } 9030 } 9031 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 9032 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 9033 9034 } else { 9035 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 9036 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 9037 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 9038 // have distinct types. 9039 Previous.clear(); 9040 } 9041 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 9042 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 9043 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 9044 9045 9046 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 9047 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 9048 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 9049 } else { 9050 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 9051 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 9052 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 9053 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 9054 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 9055 unsigned Kind = 0; 9056 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 9057 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 9058 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 9059 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 9060 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 9061 Invalid = true; 9062 9063 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 9064 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 9065 isExplicitSpecialization)) { 9066 // do nothing 9067 9068 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 9069 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 9070 unsigned Kind = 0; 9071 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 9072 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 9073 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 9074 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 9075 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 9076 Invalid = true; 9077 9078 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 9079 // case here. 9080 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 9081 unsigned Kind = 0; 9082 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 9083 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 9084 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 9085 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 9086 Invalid = true; 9087 9088 // Otherwise, diagnose. 9089 } else { 9090 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 9091 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 9092 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 9093 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9094 Name = 0; 9095 Invalid = true; 9096 } 9097 9098 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 9099 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 9100 Previous.clear(); 9101 } 9102 } 9103 9104 CreateNewDecl: 9105 9106 TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 9107 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 9108 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 9109 9110 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 9111 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 9112 // keyword. 9113 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 9114 9115 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 9116 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 9117 // PrevDecl. 9118 TagDecl *New; 9119 9120 bool IsForwardReference = false; 9121 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 9122 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 9123 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 9124 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 9125 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 9126 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 9127 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 9128 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 9129 TagDecl *Def; 9130 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 9131 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 9132 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 9133 } 9134 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 9135 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 9136 << New; 9137 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9138 } else { 9139 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 9140 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) 9141 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 9142 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 9143 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 9144 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 9145 9146 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 9147 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 9148 // the declaration context. 9149 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 9150 IsForwardReference = true; 9151 } 9152 } 9153 9154 if (EnumUnderlying) { 9155 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 9156 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 9157 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 9158 else 9159 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 9160 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 9161 } 9162 9163 } else { 9164 // struct/union/class 9165 9166 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 9167 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 9168 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9169 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 9170 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 9171 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 9172 9173 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 9174 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 9175 } else 9176 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 9177 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 9178 } 9179 9180 // Maybe add qualifier info. 9181 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 9182 if (SS.isSet()) { 9183 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 9184 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 9185 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 9186 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 9187 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 9188 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 9189 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 9190 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc)) 9191 Invalid = true; 9192 9193 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 9194 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 9195 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 9196 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 9197 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 9198 } 9199 } 9200 else 9201 Invalid = true; 9202 } 9203 9204 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 9205 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 9206 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 9207 // 9208 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 9209 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 9210 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 9211 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 9212 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 9213 // parsing of the struct). 9214 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 9215 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 9216 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 9217 } 9218 } 9219 9220 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 9221 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 9222 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 9223 << 2 9224 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 9225 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 9226 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 9227 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 9228 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 9229 New->setModulePrivate(); 9230 } 9231 9232 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 9233 // check the specialization. 9234 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 9235 Invalid = true; 9236 9237 if (Invalid) 9238 New->setInvalidDecl(); 9239 9240 if (Attr) 9241 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 9242 9243 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope 9244 // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function. 9245 if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 9246 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 9247 9248 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 9249 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 9250 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 9251 9252 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 9253 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 9254 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 9255 // the tag name visible. 9256 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 9257 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty() || 9258 getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt); 9259 9260 // Set the access specifier. 9261 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 9262 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 9263 9264 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 9265 New->startDefinition(); 9266 9267 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 9268 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 9269 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 9270 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 9271 if (PrevDecl) 9272 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 9273 9274 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 9275 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 9276 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 9277 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 9278 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 9279 } else if (Name) { 9280 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 9281 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 9282 if (IsForwardReference) 9283 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 9284 9285 } else { 9286 CurContext->addDecl(New); 9287 } 9288 9289 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 9290 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 9291 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 9292 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 9293 II->isStr("FILE")) 9294 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 9295 9296 // If we were in function prototype scope (and not in C++ mode), add this 9297 // tag to the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 9298 if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 9299 InFunctionDeclarator && Name) 9300 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 9301 9302 if (PrevDecl) 9303 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 9304 9305 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 9306 // record. 9307 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 9308 9309 OwnedDecl = true; 9310 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 9311 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 9312 return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? 0 : New; 9313 } 9314 9315 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 9316 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 9317 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 9318 9319 // Enter the tag context. 9320 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 9321 9322 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 9323 9324 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 9325 // record. 9326 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 9327 } 9328 9329 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 9330 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 9331 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 9332 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 9333 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 9334 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 9335 CurContext = OCD; 9336 return IDecl; 9337 } 9338 9339 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 9340 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 9341 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 9342 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 9343 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 9344 9345 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 9346 9347 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 9348 return; 9349 9350 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 9351 Record->addAttr(new (Context) FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context)); 9352 9353 // C++ [class]p2: 9354 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 9355 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 9356 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 9357 // as if it were a public member name. 9358 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 9359 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 9360 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 9361 Record->getIdentifier(), 9362 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 9363 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 9364 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 9365 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 9366 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 9367 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 9368 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 9369 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 9370 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 9371 "Broken injected-class-name"); 9372 } 9373 9374 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 9375 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 9376 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 9377 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 9378 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 9379 9380 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 9381 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 9382 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 9383 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 9384 RD->completeDefinition(); 9385 } 9386 9387 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 9388 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 9389 9390 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 9391 PopDeclContext(); 9392 9393 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 9394 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 9395 } 9396 9397 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 9398 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 9399 PopDeclContext(); 9400 } 9401 9402 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 9403 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 9404 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 9405 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 9406 } 9407 9408 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 9409 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 9410 OriginalLexicalContext = 0; 9411 } 9412 9413 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 9414 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 9415 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 9416 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 9417 9418 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 9419 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 9420 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 9421 RD->completeDefinition(); 9422 } 9423 9424 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 9425 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 9426 // the FieldCollector. 9427 9428 PopDeclContext(); 9429 } 9430 9431 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 9432 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 9433 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 9434 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth, 9435 bool *ZeroWidth) { 9436 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 9437 if (ZeroWidth) 9438 *ZeroWidth = true; 9439 9440 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 9441 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 9442 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 9443 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 9444 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 9445 return ExprError(); 9446 if (FieldName) 9447 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 9448 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 9449 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 9450 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 9451 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 9452 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 9453 return ExprError(); 9454 9455 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 9456 // it now. 9457 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 9458 return Owned(BitWidth); 9459 9460 llvm::APSInt Value; 9461 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 9462 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 9463 return ICE; 9464 BitWidth = ICE.take(); 9465 9466 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 9467 *ZeroWidth = false; 9468 9469 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 9470 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 9471 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 9472 9473 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 9474 if (FieldName) 9475 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 9476 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 9477 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 9478 << Value.toString(10); 9479 } 9480 9481 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 9482 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 9483 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 9484 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9485 if (FieldName) 9486 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 9487 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 9488 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 9489 9490 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 9491 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 9492 } 9493 9494 if (FieldName) 9495 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 9496 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 9497 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 9498 else 9499 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 9500 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 9501 } 9502 } 9503 9504 return Owned(BitWidth); 9505 } 9506 9507 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 9508 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 9509 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 9510 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 9511 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 9512 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 9513 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 9514 return Res; 9515 } 9516 9517 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 9518 /// 9519 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 9520 SourceLocation DeclStart, 9521 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 9522 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 9523 AccessSpecifier AS) { 9524 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 9525 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 9526 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 9527 9528 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 9529 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 9530 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9531 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 9532 9533 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 9534 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 9535 D.setInvalidType(); 9536 T = Context.IntTy; 9537 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 9538 } 9539 } 9540 9541 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 9542 9543 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 9544 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 9545 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 9546 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 9547 << 2; 9548 9549 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 9550 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 9551 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 9552 LookupName(Previous, S); 9553 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 9554 case LookupResult::Found: 9555 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 9556 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 9557 break; 9558 9559 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 9560 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 9561 break; 9562 9563 case LookupResult::NotFound: 9564 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 9565 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 9566 break; 9567 } 9568 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 9569 9570 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 9571 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 9572 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 9573 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 9574 PrevDecl = 0; 9575 } 9576 9577 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 9578 PrevDecl = 0; 9579 9580 bool Mutable 9581 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 9582 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 9583 FieldDecl *NewFD 9584 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 9585 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 9586 9587 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 9588 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 9589 9590 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 9591 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 9592 9593 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 9594 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 9595 // with the same name in the same scope. 9596 } else if (II) { 9597 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 9598 } else 9599 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 9600 9601 return NewFD; 9602 } 9603 9604 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 9605 /// 9606 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 9607 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 9608 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 9609 /// created. 9610 /// 9611 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 9612 /// 9613 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 9614 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 9615 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 9616 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 9617 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 9618 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 9619 SourceLocation TSSL, 9620 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 9621 Declarator *D) { 9622 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 9623 bool InvalidDecl = false; 9624 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 9625 9626 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 9627 // marking this declaration as invalid. 9628 if (T.isNull()) { 9629 InvalidDecl = true; 9630 T = Context.IntTy; 9631 } 9632 9633 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 9634 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 9635 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 9636 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 9637 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 9638 InvalidDecl = true; 9639 } else { 9640 NamedDecl *Def; 9641 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 9642 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 9643 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 9644 InvalidDecl = true; 9645 } 9646 } 9647 } 9648 9649 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 9650 // than a variably modified type. 9651 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 9652 bool SizeIsNegative; 9653 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 9654 9655 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 9656 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 9657 SizeIsNegative, 9658 Oversized); 9659 if (FixedTInfo) { 9660 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 9661 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 9662 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 9663 } else { 9664 if (SizeIsNegative) 9665 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 9666 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 9667 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 9668 << Oversized.toString(10); 9669 else 9670 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 9671 InvalidDecl = true; 9672 } 9673 } 9674 9675 // Fields can not have abstract class types 9676 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 9677 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9678 AbstractFieldType)) 9679 InvalidDecl = true; 9680 9681 bool ZeroWidth = false; 9682 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 9683 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) { 9684 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth).take(); 9685 if (!BitWidth) { 9686 InvalidDecl = true; 9687 BitWidth = 0; 9688 ZeroWidth = false; 9689 } 9690 } 9691 9692 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 9693 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 9694 unsigned DiagID = 0; 9695 if (T->isReferenceType()) 9696 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 9697 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 9698 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 9699 9700 if (DiagID) { 9701 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 9702 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 9703 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 9704 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 9705 Mutable = false; 9706 InvalidDecl = true; 9707 } 9708 } 9709 9710 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 9711 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 9712 if (InvalidDecl) 9713 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9714 9715 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 9716 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 9717 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9718 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9719 } 9720 9721 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9722 if (Record->isUnion()) { 9723 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9724 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 9725 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 9726 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 9727 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 9728 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 9729 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 9730 // objects. 9731 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 9732 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9733 } 9734 } 9735 9736 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 9737 // the program is ill-formed. 9738 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 9739 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 9740 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 9741 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9742 } 9743 } 9744 } 9745 9746 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 9747 // representation, not a parser representation. 9748 if (D) 9749 // FIXME: What to pass instead of TUScope? 9750 ProcessDeclAttributes(TUScope, NewFD, *D); 9751 9752 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 9753 // retainable type. 9754 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 9755 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9756 9757 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 9758 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 9759 9760 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 9761 return NewFD; 9762 } 9763 9764 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 9765 assert(FD); 9766 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 9767 9768 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 9769 return true; 9770 9771 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 9772 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9773 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 9774 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 9775 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 9776 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 9777 // copy constructors. 9778 9779 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 9780 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 9781 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 9782 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 9783 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 9784 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 9785 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 9786 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 9787 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 9788 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 9789 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 9790 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 9791 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 9792 member = CXXDestructor; 9793 9794 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 9795 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && 9796 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 9797 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 9798 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 9799 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 9800 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 9801 // members unavailable. 9802 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 9803 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 9804 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 9805 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(Loc, Context, 9806 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 9807 return false; 9808 } 9809 } 9810 9811 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x ? 9812 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 9813 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 9814 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 9815 DiagnoseNontrivial(RT, member); 9816 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x; 9817 } 9818 } 9819 } 9820 9821 return false; 9822 } 9823 9824 /// If the given constructor is user-declared, produce a diagnostic explaining 9825 /// that it makes the class non-trivial. 9826 static bool diagnoseNonTrivialUserDeclaredCtor(Sema &S, QualType QT, 9827 CXXConstructorDecl *CD, 9828 Sema::CXXSpecialMember CSM) { 9829 if (CD->isImplicit()) 9830 return false; 9831 9832 SourceLocation CtorLoc = CD->getLocation(); 9833 S.Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << CSM; 9834 return true; 9835 } 9836 9837 /// DiagnoseNontrivial - Given that a class has a non-trivial 9838 /// special member, figure out why. 9839 /// FIXME: These checks are not correct in C++11 mode. Currently, this is OK 9840 /// since we only use this in C++11 for a -Wc++98-compat warning. 9841 void Sema::DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* T, CXXSpecialMember member) { 9842 QualType QT(T, 0U); 9843 CXXRecordDecl* RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T->getDecl()); 9844 9845 // Check whether the member was user-declared. 9846 switch (member) { 9847 case CXXInvalid: 9848 break; 9849 9850 case CXXDefaultConstructor: 9851 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor()) { 9852 typedef CXXRecordDecl::ctor_iterator ctor_iter; 9853 for (ctor_iter CI = RD->ctor_begin(), CE = RD->ctor_end(); CI != CE; ++CI) 9854 if (diagnoseNonTrivialUserDeclaredCtor(*this, QT, *CI, member)) 9855 return; 9856 9857 // No user-delcared constructors; look for constructor templates. 9858 typedef CXXRecordDecl::specific_decl_iterator<FunctionTemplateDecl> 9859 tmpl_iter; 9860 for (tmpl_iter TI(RD->decls_begin()), TE(RD->decls_end()); 9861 TI != TE; ++TI) { 9862 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = 9863 dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(TI->getTemplatedDecl()); 9864 if (CD && diagnoseNonTrivialUserDeclaredCtor(*this, QT, CD, member)) 9865 return; 9866 } 9867 } 9868 break; 9869 9870 case CXXCopyConstructor: 9871 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor()) { 9872 SourceLocation CtorLoc = 9873 RD->getCopyConstructor(0)->getLocation(); 9874 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 9875 return; 9876 } 9877 break; 9878 9879 case CXXMoveConstructor: 9880 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredMoveConstructor()) { 9881 SourceLocation CtorLoc = RD->getMoveConstructor()->getLocation(); 9882 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 9883 return; 9884 } 9885 break; 9886 9887 case CXXCopyAssignment: 9888 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment()) { 9889 SourceLocation AssignLoc = 9890 RD->getCopyAssignmentOperator(0)->getLocation(); 9891 Diag(AssignLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 9892 return; 9893 } 9894 break; 9895 9896 case CXXMoveAssignment: 9897 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredMoveAssignment()) { 9898 SourceLocation AssignLoc = RD->getMoveAssignmentOperator()->getLocation(); 9899 Diag(AssignLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 9900 return; 9901 } 9902 break; 9903 9904 case CXXDestructor: 9905 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 9906 SourceLocation DtorLoc = LookupDestructor(RD)->getLocation(); 9907 Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 9908 return; 9909 } 9910 break; 9911 } 9912 9913 typedef CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator base_iter; 9914 9915 // Virtual bases and members inhibit trivial copying/construction, 9916 // but not trivial destruction. 9917 if (member != CXXDestructor) { 9918 // Check for virtual bases. vbases includes indirect virtual bases, 9919 // so we just iterate through the direct bases. 9920 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) 9921 if (bi->isVirtual()) { 9922 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getLocStart(); 9923 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 1; 9924 return; 9925 } 9926 9927 // Check for virtual methods. 9928 typedef CXXRecordDecl::method_iterator meth_iter; 9929 for (meth_iter mi = RD->method_begin(), me = RD->method_end(); mi != me; 9930 ++mi) { 9931 if (mi->isVirtual()) { 9932 SourceLocation MLoc = mi->getLocStart(); 9933 Diag(MLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 0; 9934 return; 9935 } 9936 } 9937 } 9938 9939 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*hasNonTrivial)() const; 9940 switch (member) { 9941 case CXXDefaultConstructor: 9942 hasNonTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasNonTrivialDefaultConstructor; break; 9943 case CXXCopyConstructor: 9944 hasNonTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor; break; 9945 case CXXCopyAssignment: 9946 hasNonTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment; break; 9947 case CXXMoveConstructor: 9948 hasNonTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasNonTrivialMoveConstructor; break; 9949 case CXXMoveAssignment: 9950 hasNonTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasNonTrivialMoveAssignment; break; 9951 case CXXDestructor: 9952 hasNonTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasNonTrivialDestructor; break; 9953 case CXXInvalid: 9954 llvm_unreachable("unexpected special member"); 9955 } 9956 9957 // Check for nontrivial bases (and recurse). 9958 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) { 9959 const RecordType *BaseRT = bi->getType()->getAs<RecordType>(); 9960 assert(BaseRT && "Don't know how to handle dependent bases"); 9961 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecTy = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl()); 9962 if ((BaseRecTy->*hasNonTrivial)()) { 9963 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getLocStart(); 9964 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 1 << member; 9965 DiagnoseNontrivial(BaseRT, member); 9966 return; 9967 } 9968 } 9969 9970 // Check for nontrivial members (and recurse). 9971 typedef RecordDecl::field_iterator field_iter; 9972 for (field_iter fi = RD->field_begin(), fe = RD->field_end(); fi != fe; 9973 ++fi) { 9974 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(fi->getType()); 9975 if (const RecordType *EltRT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9976 CXXRecordDecl* EltRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(EltRT->getDecl()); 9977 9978 if ((EltRD->*hasNonTrivial)()) { 9979 SourceLocation FLoc = fi->getLocation(); 9980 Diag(FLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 0 << member; 9981 DiagnoseNontrivial(EltRT, member); 9982 return; 9983 } 9984 } 9985 9986 if (EltTy->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 9987 switch (EltTy.getObjCLifetime()) { 9988 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 9989 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 9990 break; 9991 9992 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 9993 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 9994 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 9995 Diag(fi->getLocation(), diag::note_nontrivial_objc_ownership) 9996 << QT << EltTy.getObjCLifetime(); 9997 return; 9998 } 9999 } 10000 } 10001 } 10002 10003 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 10004 /// AST enum value. 10005 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 10006 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 10007 switch (ivarVisibility) { 10008 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 10009 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 10010 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 10011 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 10012 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 10013 } 10014 } 10015 10016 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 10017 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 10018 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 10019 SourceLocation DeclStart, 10020 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 10021 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 10022 10023 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 10024 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 10025 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 10026 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 10027 10028 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 10029 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 10030 10031 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 10032 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 10033 10034 if (BitWidth) { 10035 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 10036 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth).take(); 10037 if (!BitWidth) 10038 D.setInvalidType(); 10039 } else { 10040 // Not a bitfield. 10041 10042 // validate II. 10043 10044 } 10045 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 10046 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 10047 D.setInvalidType(); 10048 } 10049 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 10050 // than a variably modified type. 10051 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 10052 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 10053 D.setInvalidType(); 10054 } 10055 10056 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 10057 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 10058 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 10059 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 10060 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 10061 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 10062 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 10063 return 0; 10064 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 10065 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 10066 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10067 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 10068 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 10069 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 10070 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 10071 } 10072 else 10073 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 10074 } else { 10075 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 10076 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10077 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 10078 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 10079 return 0; 10080 } 10081 } 10082 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 10083 } 10084 10085 // Construct the decl. 10086 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 10087 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 10088 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 10089 10090 if (II) { 10091 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 10092 ForRedeclaration); 10093 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 10094 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 10095 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 10096 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10097 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 10098 } 10099 } 10100 10101 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 10102 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 10103 10104 if (D.isInvalidType()) 10105 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 10106 10107 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 10108 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 10109 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 10110 10111 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 10112 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 10113 10114 if (II) { 10115 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 10116 // these to the interface. 10117 S->AddDecl(NewID); 10118 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 10119 } 10120 10121 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 10122 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 10123 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 10124 10125 return NewID; 10126 } 10127 10128 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 10129 /// class and class extensions. For every class @interface and class 10130 /// extension @interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 10131 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 10132 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 10133 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 10134 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 10135 return; 10136 10137 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 10138 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 10139 10140 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 10141 return; 10142 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 10143 if (!ID) { 10144 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 10145 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 10146 return; 10147 } 10148 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 10149 else 10150 return; 10151 } 10152 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 10153 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 10154 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 10155 10156 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 10157 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0, 10158 Context.CharTy, 10159 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 10160 DeclLoc), 10161 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 10162 true); 10163 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 10164 } 10165 10166 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S, 10167 SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 10168 llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 10169 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 10170 AttributeList *Attr) { 10171 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 10172 10173 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 10174 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 10175 // it will now change. 10176 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10177 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 10178 switch (DC->getKind()) { 10179 default: break; 10180 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 10181 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 10182 break; 10183 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 10184 Context. 10185 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 10186 break; 10187 } 10188 } 10189 10190 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 10191 10192 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 10193 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 10194 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 10195 if (Record) { 10196 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator i = Record->decls_begin(), 10197 e = Record->decls_end(); i != e; i++) { 10198 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(*i)) 10199 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 10200 ++NumNamedMembers; 10201 } 10202 } 10203 10204 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 10205 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 10206 10207 bool ARCErrReported = false; 10208 for (llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 10209 i != end; ++i) { 10210 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 10211 10212 // Get the type for the field. 10213 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 10214 10215 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 10216 // Remember all fields written by the user. 10217 RecFields.push_back(FD); 10218 } 10219 10220 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 10221 // diagnostics about it. 10222 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 10223 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10224 continue; 10225 } 10226 10227 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 10228 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 10229 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 10230 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 10231 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 10232 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 10233 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 10234 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 10235 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 10236 // array. 10237 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 10238 // Field declared as a function. 10239 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 10240 << FD->getDeclName(); 10241 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10242 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10243 continue; 10244 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 10245 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 10246 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 10247 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 10248 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 10249 // Flexible array member. 10250 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 10251 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 10252 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 10253 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 10254 if (Record->isUnion()) 10255 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms) 10256 << FD->getDeclName(); 10257 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 10258 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms) 10259 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 10260 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10261 if (Record->isUnion()) 10262 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 10263 << FD->getDeclName(); 10264 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 10265 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu) 10266 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 10267 } else if (!getLangOpts().C99) { 10268 if (Record->isUnion()) 10269 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 10270 << FD->getDeclName(); 10271 else 10272 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 10273 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 10274 } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) { 10275 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct) 10276 << FD->getDeclName(); 10277 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10278 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10279 continue; 10280 } 10281 if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() && 10282 !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()).isPODType(Context)) { 10283 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type) 10284 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 10285 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10286 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10287 continue; 10288 } 10289 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 10290 if (Record) 10291 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 10292 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 10293 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 10294 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 10295 // Incomplete type 10296 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10297 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10298 continue; 10299 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 10300 if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 10301 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". 10302 if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { 10303 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 10304 } else { 10305 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 10306 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 10307 // structures. 10308 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 10309 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 10310 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 10311 else { 10312 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 10313 // other structs as an extension. 10314 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 10315 << FD->getDeclName(); 10316 if (Record) 10317 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 10318 } 10319 } 10320 } 10321 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 10322 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 10323 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10324 AbstractIvarType)) { 10325 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 10326 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10327 } 10328 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 10329 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 10330 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 10331 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 10332 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 10333 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 10334 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 10335 FD->setType(T); 10336 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10337 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported) { 10338 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 10339 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 10340 // so we just make the field unavailable. 10341 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 10342 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 10343 QualType T = FD->getType(); 10344 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 10345 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 10346 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 10347 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 10348 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 10349 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(loc, Context, 10350 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 10351 } 10352 } else { 10353 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_struct) 10354 << T->isBlockPointerType(); 10355 } 10356 ARCErrReported = true; 10357 } 10358 } 10359 else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 10360 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 10361 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 10362 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 10363 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 10364 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 10365 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 10366 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 10367 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 10368 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 10369 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 10370 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 10371 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 10372 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 10373 } 10374 } 10375 } 10376 // Keep track of the number of named members. 10377 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 10378 ++NumNamedMembers; 10379 } 10380 10381 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 10382 if (Record) { 10383 bool Completed = false; 10384 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 10385 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 10386 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 10387 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 10388 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 10389 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 10390 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 10391 10392 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 10393 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 10394 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && 10395 CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) 10396 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 10397 10398 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 10399 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 10400 10401 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 10402 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 10403 // problem now. 10404 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 10405 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 10406 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 10407 10408 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 10409 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 10410 M != MEnd; ++M) { 10411 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 10412 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 10413 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 10414 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 10415 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 10416 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 10417 continue; 10418 10419 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 10420 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 10421 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 10422 // program is ill-formed. 10423 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 10424 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 10425 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 10426 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 10427 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 10428 OM = SO->second.begin(), 10429 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 10430 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 10431 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 10432 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 10433 10434 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 10435 } 10436 } 10437 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 10438 Completed = true; 10439 } 10440 } 10441 } 10442 } 10443 10444 if (!Completed) 10445 Record->completeDefinition(); 10446 10447 } else { 10448 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 10449 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 10450 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10451 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 10452 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 10453 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 10454 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 10455 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 10456 } 10457 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 10458 // duplicates. 10459 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 10460 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 10461 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 10462 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10463 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 10464 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 10465 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 10466 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 10467 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 10468 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 10469 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 10470 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 10471 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 10472 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10473 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 10474 // reported as errors elsewhere. 10475 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 10476 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 10477 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 10478 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 10479 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 10480 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 10481 if (IDecl) { 10482 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 10483 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 10484 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 10485 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 10486 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10487 continue; 10488 } 10489 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *ClsExtDecl = 10490 IDecl->getFirstClassExtension(); 10491 ClsExtDecl; ClsExtDecl = ClsExtDecl->getNextClassExtension()) { 10492 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar = 10493 ClsExtDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 10494 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 10495 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 10496 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10497 continue; 10498 } 10499 } 10500 } 10501 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 10502 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 10503 } 10504 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 10505 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 10506 } 10507 } 10508 10509 if (Attr) 10510 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 10511 } 10512 10513 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 10514 /// the given type T. 10515 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 10516 llvm::APSInt &Value, 10517 QualType T) { 10518 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 10519 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 10520 10521 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 10522 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 10523 --BitWidth; 10524 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 10525 } 10526 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 10527 } 10528 10529 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 10530 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 10531 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 10532 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 10533 // enum checking below. 10534 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 10535 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 10536 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 10537 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 10538 }; 10539 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 10540 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 10541 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 10542 }; 10543 10544 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 10545 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 10546 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 10547 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 10548 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 10549 return Types[I]; 10550 10551 return QualType(); 10552 } 10553 10554 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 10555 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 10556 SourceLocation IdLoc, 10557 IdentifierInfo *Id, 10558 Expr *Val) { 10559 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 10560 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 10561 QualType EltTy; 10562 10563 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 10564 Val = 0; 10565 10566 if (Val) 10567 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).take(); 10568 10569 if (Val) { 10570 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 10571 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 10572 else { 10573 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 10574 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && Enum->isFixed() && 10575 !getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) { 10576 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 10577 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 10578 // constant expression of the underlying type. 10579 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 10580 ExprResult Converted = 10581 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 10582 CCEK_Enumerator); 10583 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 10584 Val = 0; 10585 else 10586 Val = Converted.take(); 10587 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 10588 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 10589 &EnumVal).take())) { 10590 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 10591 } else { 10592 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 10593 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 10594 10595 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 10596 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 10597 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 10598 // expression checking. 10599 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 10600 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) { 10601 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 10602 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 10603 } else 10604 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 10605 } else 10606 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 10607 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10608 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 10609 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 10610 // is the type of its initializing value: 10611 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 10612 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 10613 EltTy = Val->getType(); 10614 } else { 10615 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 10616 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 10617 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 10618 // representable as an int. 10619 10620 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 10621 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 10622 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 10623 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 10624 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 10625 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 10626 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 10627 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 10628 } 10629 EltTy = Val->getType(); 10630 } 10631 } 10632 } 10633 } 10634 10635 if (!Val) { 10636 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 10637 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 10638 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 10639 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 10640 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 10641 // is the type of its initializing value: 10642 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 10643 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 10644 // 10645 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 10646 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 10647 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 10648 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 10649 } 10650 else { 10651 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 10652 } 10653 } else { 10654 // Assign the last value + 1. 10655 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 10656 ++EnumVal; 10657 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 10658 10659 // Check for overflow on increment. 10660 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 10661 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 10662 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 10663 // is the type of its initializing value: 10664 // 10665 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 10666 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 10667 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 10668 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 10669 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 10670 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 10671 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 10672 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 10673 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 10674 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 10675 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 10676 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 10677 ++EnumVal; 10678 if (Enum->isFixed()) 10679 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 10680 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 10681 << EnumVal.toString(10) 10682 << EltTy; 10683 else 10684 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large) 10685 << EnumVal.toString(10); 10686 } else { 10687 EltTy = T; 10688 } 10689 10690 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 10691 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 10692 // value, then increment. 10693 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 10694 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 10695 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 10696 ++EnumVal; 10697 10698 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 10699 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 10700 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 10701 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 10702 // integral type. 10703 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 10704 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 10705 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10706 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 10707 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 10708 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 10709 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 10710 } 10711 } 10712 } 10713 10714 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 10715 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 10716 // enumerator's type. 10717 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 10718 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 10719 } 10720 10721 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 10722 Val, EnumVal); 10723 } 10724 10725 10726 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 10727 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 10728 AttributeList *Attr, 10729 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 10730 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 10731 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 10732 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 10733 10734 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 10735 // we find one that is. 10736 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 10737 10738 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 10739 // scope. 10740 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 10741 ForRedeclaration); 10742 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 10743 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 10744 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 10745 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 10746 PrevDecl = 0; 10747 } 10748 10749 if (PrevDecl) { 10750 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 10751 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 10752 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 10753 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 10754 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 10755 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 10756 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 10757 else 10758 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 10759 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10760 return 0; 10761 } 10762 } 10763 10764 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 10765 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 10766 // different from T: 10767 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 10768 // enumerated type 10769 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 10770 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 10771 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 10772 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() && 10773 Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 10774 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 10775 10776 EnumConstantDecl *New = 10777 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 10778 10779 if (New) { 10780 // Process attributes. 10781 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 10782 10783 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 10784 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 10785 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 10786 } 10787 10788 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 10789 10790 return New; 10791 } 10792 10793 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 10794 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 10795 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 10796 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 10797 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 10798 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 10799 10800 if (Attr) 10801 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 10802 10803 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 10804 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 10805 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 10806 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 10807 if (!ECD) continue; 10808 10809 ECD->setType(EnumType); 10810 } 10811 10812 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 10813 return; 10814 } 10815 10816 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 10817 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 10818 // emit a warning. 10819 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 10820 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 10821 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 10822 10823 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 10824 // reverse the list. 10825 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 10826 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 10827 10828 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 10829 bool AllElementsInt = true; 10830 10831 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 10832 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 10833 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 10834 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 10835 10836 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 10837 10838 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 10839 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 10840 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 10841 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 10842 else 10843 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 10844 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 10845 10846 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 10847 if (AllElementsInt) 10848 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 10849 } 10850 10851 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 10852 QualType BestType; 10853 unsigned BestWidth; 10854 10855 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 10856 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 10857 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 10858 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 10859 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 10860 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 10861 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 10862 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 10863 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 10864 QualType BestPromotionType; 10865 10866 bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false; 10867 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 10868 // enum definitions. 10869 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 10870 Packed = true; 10871 10872 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 10873 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 10874 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 10875 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 10876 else 10877 BestPromotionType = BestType; 10878 // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type 10879 // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers 10880 // warn that it might be used uninitialized. 10881 BestWidth = CharWidth; 10882 } 10883 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 10884 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 10885 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 10886 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 10887 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 10888 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 10889 BestWidth = CharWidth; 10890 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 10891 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 10892 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 10893 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 10894 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 10895 BestType = Context.IntTy; 10896 BestWidth = IntWidth; 10897 } else { 10898 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 10899 10900 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 10901 BestType = Context.LongTy; 10902 } else { 10903 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 10904 10905 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 10906 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large); 10907 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 10908 } 10909 } 10910 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 10911 } else { 10912 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 10913 // all of the enumerator values. 10914 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 10915 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 10916 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 10917 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 10918 BestWidth = CharWidth; 10919 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 10920 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 10921 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 10922 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 10923 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 10924 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 10925 BestWidth = IntWidth; 10926 BestPromotionType 10927 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10928 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 10929 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 10930 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 10931 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 10932 BestPromotionType 10933 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10934 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 10935 } else { 10936 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 10937 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 10938 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 10939 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 10940 BestPromotionType 10941 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10942 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 10943 } 10944 } 10945 10946 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 10947 // the type of the enum if needed. 10948 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 10949 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 10950 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 10951 10952 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 10953 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 10954 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 10955 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 10956 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 10957 10958 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 10959 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 10960 10961 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 10962 // the enum decl type. 10963 QualType NewTy; 10964 unsigned NewWidth; 10965 bool NewSign; 10966 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10967 !Enum->isFixed() && 10968 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 10969 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 10970 NewWidth = IntWidth; 10971 NewSign = true; 10972 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 10973 // Already the right type! 10974 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10975 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 10976 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 10977 // enumeration. 10978 ECD->setType(EnumType); 10979 continue; 10980 } else { 10981 NewTy = BestType; 10982 NewWidth = BestWidth; 10983 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 10984 } 10985 10986 // Adjust the APSInt value. 10987 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 10988 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 10989 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 10990 10991 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 10992 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 10993 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 10994 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 10995 CK_IntegralCast, 10996 ECD->getInitExpr(), 10997 /*base paths*/ 0, 10998 VK_RValue)); 10999 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11000 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 11001 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 11002 // enumeration. 11003 ECD->setType(EnumType); 11004 else 11005 ECD->setType(NewTy); 11006 } 11007 11008 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 11009 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 11010 11011 // If we're declaring a function, ensure this decl isn't forgotten about - 11012 // it needs to go into the function scope. 11013 if (InFunctionDeclarator) 11014 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(Enum); 11015 } 11016 11017 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 11018 SourceLocation StartLoc, 11019 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 11020 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 11021 11022 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 11023 AsmString, StartLoc, 11024 EndLoc); 11025 CurContext->addDecl(New); 11026 return New; 11027 } 11028 11029 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 11030 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 11031 ModuleIdPath Path) { 11032 Module *Mod = PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, 11033 Module::AllVisible, 11034 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 11035 if (!Mod) 11036 return true; 11037 11038 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 11039 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 11040 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 11041 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 11042 // We need the length to be consistent. 11043 if (!ModCheck) 11044 break; 11045 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 11046 11047 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 11048 } 11049 11050 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 11051 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 11052 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 11053 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 11054 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 11055 return Import; 11056 } 11057 11058 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 11059 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 11060 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 11061 SourceLocation NameLoc, 11062 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 11063 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 11064 LookupOrdinaryName); 11065 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 11066 ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context, AliasName->getName()); 11067 11068 if (PrevDecl) 11069 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 11070 else 11071 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 11072 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr)); 11073 } 11074 11075 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 11076 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 11077 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 11078 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 11079 11080 if (PrevDecl) { 11081 PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context)); 11082 } else { 11083 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 11084 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 11085 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc))); 11086 } 11087 } 11088 11089 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 11090 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 11091 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 11092 SourceLocation NameLoc, 11093 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 11094 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 11095 LookupOrdinaryName); 11096 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 11097 11098 if (PrevDecl) { 11099 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 11100 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 11101 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 11102 } else { 11103 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 11104 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 11105 } 11106 } 11107 11108 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 11109 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 11110 } 11111 11112 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 11113 const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext()); 11114 return D->getAvailability(); 11115 } 11116